Watlow EZ-ZONE RME Module Operating instructions

Watlow EZ-ZONE RME Module Operating instructions

EZ-ZONE

®

RME (Expansion) Module

User’s Guide

Expansion Module

TOTAL

CUSTOMER

SATISFACTION

3 Year Warranty

ISO 9001

1241 Bundy Boulevard., Winona, Minnesota USA 55987

Phone: +1 (507) 454-5300, Fax: +1 (507) 452-4507 http://www.watlow.com

Registered Company

Winona, Minnesota USA

Made in the U.S.A.

0600-0073-0000 Rev. E

March 2016

Safety Information

We use note, caution and warning symbols throughout this book to draw your attention to important operational and safety information.

• A “NOTE” marks a short message to alert you to an important detail.

• A “CAUTION” safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting your equipment and performance. Be especially careful to read and follow all cautions that apply to your application.

• A “WARNING” safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting you, others and equipment from damage. Pay very close attention to all warnings that apply to your application.

• The safety alert symbol, (an exclamation point in a triangle) precedes a general

CAUTION or WARNING statement.

• The electrical hazard symbol, (a lightning bolt in a triangle) precedes an electric shock hazard CAUTION or WARNING safety statement. Further explanations follow:

Symbol Explanation

CAUTION – Warning or Hazard that needs further explanation than label on unit can provide. Consult User's Guide for further information.

ESD Sensitive product, use proper grounding and handling techniques when installing or servicing product.

Unit protected by double/reinforced insulation for shock hazard prevention.

Do not throw in trash, use proper recycling techniques or consult manufacturer for proper disposal.

Enclosure made of Poly carbonate material. Use proper recycling techniques or consult manufacturer for proper disposal.

Unit can be powered with either alternating current (ac) voltage or direct current (dc) voltage.

Unit is a Listed device per Underwriters Laboratories®. It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for Process

Control Equipment. UL 61010 and CSA C22.2 No. 61010. File E185611

QUYX, QUYX7. See: www.ul.com

Unit is a Listed device per Underwriters Laboratories®. It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for Hazardous

Locations Class 1 Division II Groups A, B, C and D. ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-

2007. File E184390 QUZW, QUZW7. See: www.ul.com

Unit is compliant with European Union directives. See Declaration of

Conformity for further details on Directives and Standards used for

Compliance.

Unit has been reviewed and approved by Factory Mutual as a Temperature Limit Device per FM Class 3545 standard. See: www.fmglobal.

com

Unit has been reviewed and approved by CSA International for use as

Temperature Indicating-Regulating Equipment per CSA C22.2 No. 24.

See: www.csa-international.org

Warranty

The EZ-ZONE ® RME (Expansion) module is manufactured by ISO 9001-registered processes and is backed by a three-year warranty to the first purchaser for use, providing that the units have not been misapplied. Since Watlow has no control over their use, and sometimes misuse, we cannot guarantee against failure. Watlows' obligations hereunder, at Watlows' option, are limited to replacement, repair or refund of purchase price, and parts which upon examination prove to be defective within the warranty period specified. This warranty does not apply to damage resulting from transportation, alteration, misuse or abuse. The purchaser must use

Watlow parts to maintain all listed ratings.

Technical Assistance

If you encounter a problem with your Watlow RME module, review your configuration information to verify that your selections are consistent with your application: inputs, outputs, alarms, limits, etc. If the problem persists, you can get technical assistance from your local

Watlow representative (see back cover), by e-mailing your questions to [email protected] or by dialing +1 (507) 494-5656 between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m., Central Standard Time

(CST). Ask for for an Applications Engineer. Please have the following information available when calling:

• Complete model number

• All configuration information

• User's Guide

• Factory Page

Return Material Authorization

1. Call Watlow Customer Service, (507) 454-5300, for a Return Material Authorization number before returning any item for repair. If you do not know why the product failed, contact an

Application Engineer or Product Manager. All Return Material Authorization’s require:

• Ship-to address

• Bill-to address

• Contact name

• Phone number

• Method of return shipment

• Your P.O. number

• Detailed description of the problem

• Any special instructions

• Name and phone number of person returning the product.

2. Prior approval and a Return Material Authorization number from the Customer Service

Department is required when returning any product for credit, repair or evaluation. Make sure the RMA number is on the outside of the carton and on all paperwork returned. Ship on a Freight Prepaid basis.

3. After we receive your return, we will examine it and try to verify the reason for returning it.

4. In cases of manufacturing defect, we will enter a repair order, replacement order or issue credit for material returned. In cases of customer misuse, we will provide repair costs and request a purchase order to proceed with the repair work.

5. To return products that are not defective, goods must be in new condition, in the original boxes and they must be returned within 120 days of receipt. A 20 percent restocking charge is applied for all returned RM modules and accessories.

6. If the unit cannot be repaired, you will receive a letter of explanation and be given the option to have the unit returned to you at your expense or to have us scrap the unit.

7. Watlow reserves the right to charge for no trouble found (NTF) returns.

This EZ-ZONE RME User's Guide is copyrighted by Watlow Electric, Inc., © March 2016 with all rights reserved.

EZ-ZONE RM is covered by U.S. Patent No. 6,005,577 and Patents Pending

TC

Table Contents

Table Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

Chapter 1: Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

What is an Instance? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Chapter 2: Install and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

RME Installation and Removal on a DIN Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Conventions Used in the Menu Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Chapter 3: Operations Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Digital Input/Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Action Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Current Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Linearization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Compare Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Timer Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Counter Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Logic Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Math Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Special Output Function Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Chapter 4: Setup Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Digital Input/Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Action Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Current Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Linearization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Compare Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Timer Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Counter Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RM System 1 • Table of Contents

TC

Table of Contents

(cont.)

Logic Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Math Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Special Output Function Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Variable Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Global Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Communications Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Chapter 5: Factory Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Custom Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Security Setting Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Diagnostics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Calibration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Chapter 6: Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Saving and Restoring User Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

10 Point Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Variable Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Compressor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Motorized Valve Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Process Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Alarm Set Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Alarm Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Alarm Latching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Alarm Silencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Alarm Blocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Programming the EZ Key/s on an RUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Using Password Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

EZ-ZONE Configurator Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RM System 2 • Table of Contents

TC

Table of Contents

(cont.)

Function Block Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Action Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Alarm Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Compare Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Counter Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Current Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Custom Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Diagnostic Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Digital Input/Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Global Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Linearization Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Logic Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Math Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Modbus ® Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Security Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Special Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Timer Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Variable Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Chapter 8: Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Module Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

RME Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

RME Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

How to Reach Us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RM System 3 • Table of Contents

1

Chapter 1: Overview

Available EZ-ZONE RM System Literature and Resources

Document Title and Part Number

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Access (RMA) User's

Guide, part number: 0600-0072-0000

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Controller (RMC) User's

Guide, part number: 0600-0070-0000

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount High Density (RMH)

User's Guide, part number: 0600-0074-0000

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Scanner (RMS) User's

Guide, part number: 0600-0071-0000

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Limit (RML) User's

Guide, part number: 0600-0075-0000

EZ-ZONE Remote User Interface (RUI) User's Guide, part number: 0600-0060-0000

EZ-ZONE RM Specification Sheet, part number: WIN-EZRM-0414

Watlow Support Tools DVD, part number:

0601-0001-0000

Description

Describes how to connect the RM system into an industrial network, how to use data logging, module backup and the real-time clock.

The RMC module is an advanced integrated controller capable of PID and limit control.

This document describes how to configure and program all loops of control and communications.

This module extends the density of the standard RM modules (number of control loops and I/O points). The User Guide describes common usage, communications and the number I/O points available.

This module adds monitoring points to the

RM system. This document describes common usage and the various types of I/O available.

This module will protect against unwanted thermal runaway and over temperature conditions. The User Guide describes configuration, programming and communications capabilities.

The RUI provides a visual LED display to the

RM configuration and setup menus. This document illustrates and describes connections and also describes the Home Page for each

RM module as viewed from the RUI.

Describes RM hardware options, features, benefits and technical specifications.

Contains all related user documents, tutorial videos, application notes, utility tools, etc...

The DVD described above ships with the product and as stated contains all of the literature above as well as much more. If the DVD is not available one can be acquired by contacting

Watlow Customer Service at 1-507-454-5300.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 4 Chapter 1 Overview

As an alternative to the DVD, all of the user documentation described above can also be found on the Watlow website. Click on the following link to find your document of choice: http://www.watlow.com/literature/index.cfm

. Once there, simply type in the desired part number (or name) into the search box and download free copies.

Your Comments are Appreciated

In an effort to continually improve our technical literature and ensure that we are providing information that is useful to you, we would very much appreciate your comments and suggestions. Please send any comments you may have to the following e-mail address:

[email protected]

Introduction

The EZ-ZONE

®

Rail Mount Expansion module (RME) takes the pain out of adding I/O points to your RM system architecture.

It just got a whole lot easier to solve the thermal requirements of your system. The RME module is provided in a space-saving, rail-mount package and is highly scalable where you only pay for what you need. For those applications that require the ability to configure/ monitor the control over a network, other communications protocols are also available (e.g.,

EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet, Modbus TCP and Profibus DP) when used in conjunction with an RM

Access (RMA) module or when using a Remote User Interface/ Gateway (RUI/GTW).

Standard Features and Benefits

• Provides two mounting options (DIN rail, chassis mount)

• Reduces wiring time and termination complexity compared to connecting discrete products

• Reduces panel space and installation cost

Integrated Power Controller Output

• Provides an optional dual Solid-State Relay (SSR) outputs, which can drive up to 10 amps into resistive loads. Terminals for the ring lug connection is optional

• Reduces component count and cost of ownership

• Saves panel space and simplifies wiring

Communication Capabilities

• Supports network connectivity to a PC or PLC

• Watlow Standard Bus or Modbus ® RTU

• Provides plug and play capabilities with Remote User Interface (RUI’s) and RMA module

• Free standard bus communications port and free PC software EZ-ZONE Configurator and

Composer

Additional Control Integration Options

• Provides a sequencer function

• Includes programmable timer functions

• Includes programmable counter functions

• Allows for simple math and logic programming options

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 5 Chapter 1 Overview

Integrated Thermal Loop Diagnostics

• Users can easily tell that the entire thermal system is functioning properly

• Provides complete system diagnostics that are far superior to simple discrete level diagnostics

• Helps prevent load loss or allow for maintenance to be scheduled when more convenient.

• Provides notification of system problems to help reduce maintenance and service costs

Off-the-Shelf Designed System Solution

• Improves system reliability with a factory integrated solution that minimizes inter-module connections and potential problems at screw termination points.

• Reduces installation cost

• Eliminates compatibility headaches often encountered with using many different components and brands

RME Handles High Ambient Temperatures

• Operates in an unprecedented temperature range of -18 to 65°C (0 to 149°F) for cabinets and panel enclosures with elevated temperature levels

Optional Access Module Available

• Serves as a configuration station

• Provides communication capabilities between the other modules and the PC or PLC

• Stores corresponding module parameter settings for easy auto-configuration of other additional modules or replacement modules

• Serves as a configuration station, which programs initial module setup or automatic programming of modules if swapping out after initial installation

• Provides a USB port for uploading and downloading data log files directly to a PC

• Saves time and increases reliability of parameter setting

• Logs process data

Memory for Saving and Restoring User-Defined Parameter Default Settings

• Allows customers to save and restore their own defined defaults for machine parameter settings

• Reduces service calls and downtime due to inadvertent end user parameter adjustments

RM Modules Allow for Greater Design Flexibility

• Saves money because you do not pay for any more than you need and don’t settle for any less functionality than you need

Synergistic Module Control (SMC)

• Allows outputs selected for control (heat/cool), alarms or events to be located in any physical module, regardless of which module is connected to the input sensor

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 6 Chapter 1 Overview

Split-Rail Control (SRC)

• Allows modules to be mounted together or mounted remotely from one another

• Shares control operation via Synergistic Module Control (SMC) capability

• Allows individual modules to be mounted closer to the physical input and output devices to which they are wired

• Improves system reliability and lowers wiring costs

Agency Certifications: UL® listed, CE, RoHS, W .E .E .E . SEMI F47-0200, Class 1 Div . 2 Rating on Selected Models

• Assures prompt product acceptance

• Reduces panel builder's documentation and agency costs

Removable Connectors

• Assures reliable wiring and reduces service calls

• Simplifies installation

• Provides a terminal option for accepting ring lug connection

Three-Year Warranty

• Demonstrates Watlow’s reliability and product support

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 7 Chapter 1 Overview

A Conceptual View of the RM System

The flexibility of the RM system software and hardware allows for a large range of configurations. Focusing on the RME module, acquiring a better understanding of its overall functionality and capabilities while at the same time planning out how this module can be used will deliver maximum effectiveness in your application.

The RM system at a high level can have a total of 17 modules installed, one of which can be an Access module and the others (16 maximum) can be any combination of available RM modules. Each installed RM module must have a unique Standard Bus address ranging from

1-9, A-F, H (10 -16). The Access module will be delivered with a default Standard Bus address of 17 (J). If not using the default zone address the user will need to define each zone address via the button on the face of each module.

The RME can be considered an accessory RM module in that by itself it has no PID control loops. However, used in conjunction with an RM Controller (RMC) or RM High Density (RMH) module the RME provides increased I/O capabilities. Outputs of the RME can be used to drive output loads of various kinds. For instance, an RME module could be placed in a remote location (up to 200 feet away) from a PID controller such as an RMC or RMH to drive a heater.

Some of the user selectable ordering options are listed below:

1. Class 2 or SELV (Saftey Extra Low Voltage) equivalent Power Supplies:

• 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 31 watts

• 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 60 watts

• 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 91 watts

2. RM Expansion Module can provide:

• 1 to 24 Digital Inputs/Outputs (I/O)

• 4 to 12 Form A Mechanical Relays

• 2 to 4 Form A 10A Solid-State Relays

• 16 inputs for external Current Transformers (CT)

When using this module, either as a stand-alone module or used in conjunction with any other RM module it is useful to remember that each process needs to be thought out carefully and the controller’s inputs, functions and outputs configured properly.

Note:

Zones can communicate with one another over the backplane (local and split rail). Once the system is configured and running changing zone addresses without careful deliberation may cause disruption in operation.

Outputs

Inputs

Functions

Process

Alarm

High

*PID

Heat

Power

Silence

Alarms

Sequencing

Outputs

* Output is driven from another

RM PID controller module

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 8 Chapter 1 Overview

What is an Instance?

The RM system can have many I/O points, in some cases, as described above, I/O can be placed in remote locations. For example, an RME module can have 24 digital I/O where each would be numbered from 1 to 24 and each would be considered a unique instance. They are named Digital I/O 1, 2, 3, etc... These instance numbers are then used when you link inputs, functions and outputs within a module or when linked to other modules. For example, when configuring an RME output for heat the control loop instance (1, 2, 3 or 4) and zone (1 to 24) to drive the output must be defined.

Functions

Functions, in simple terms, use input signals (real-world or internal), to calculate a value and deliver an output. A function may be as simple as configuring the function of the digital output, e.g., alarm, heat, etc..., or defining a set point for an alarm state to turn on or off.

To set up a function, one of the first things that must be considered is the function source and instance. For example, if the control is equipped with Digital Inputs (source) and it was decided to use DI 9 (instance) it can then be associated with an Action to reset an individual alarm or all alarms.

To configure a Digital Input as described above:

1. Navigate to the Setup Page and then to the Digital I/O menu.

2. Select the desired instance and set the direction to input voltage or input dry contact.

3. Navigate to the Setup Page and then the Action menu.

4. Set the Action Function to Alarm

5. Select which alarm instance will be reset (0 equals all)

6. Select the Source Function to Digital I/O

7. Select the Source Instance (step 2 above)

8. Select the Source Zone (0 equals the module being configured).

9. Select the Active Level to execute the desired function.

When the selected digital input is active the alarm or all alarms that are latched without a currently existing alarm condition will be reset. If a specific alarm instance (1 - 8) is selected

(step 5 above), it will be that instance alone that will be reset.

Note:

Alarms will reset automatically when the condition that caused the alarm goes back to a non-alarm state if the alarm latching prompt is set to non-latching (Setup Page, Alarm

Menu).

Keep in mind that a function is a user-programmed internal process that does not execute any action outside of the controller. To have any affect outside of the controller, an output must be configured to respond to a function.

Some functions have a hardware input for which the source/s are preset and cannot be changed. As an example, CT 1 source function comes not surprisingly, from the CT attached to it. Most functions can accept more than one input and it would not be uncommon to see the output of one function (internal) serve as an input to another, as would be the case with a compare function. The source parameters for the first input to a function are called Source

Function A, Source Instance A and Source Zone A and the second input, Source Function B,

Source Instance B and Source Zone B and so on.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 9 Chapter 1 Overview

Inputs

The inputs provide the information that any given programmed function can act upon. This information may come from an operator pushing a button, or as part of a more complex function it may represent one of ten inputs used for the Linearization function.

Each digital input reads whether a device is active or inactive. An RME module can be equipped with up to 24 digital inputs, where the RM system can have many more. Each digital I/O point must be configured to function as an input or an output with the direction parameter in the digital I/O Menu (Setup Page). Another concept that needs to be understood is the difference between an input tied to a real-world device such as a CT and one that is tied to an internal function.

Analog

Input

Function

Control

Function

Output

Function

In the example above one can see the Current function on the left which is connected to a real-world input device (CT) where on the far right the internal output of the Alarm function is tied to the input of the Output function where a real-world output device is then driven such as a siren or a flashing light. With a slight modification of the graphic above the example below now ties the real-world analog inputs from an RMC module directly to its PID control. The RME module is using the same analog input to drive an alarm function. For the sake of this example the following is true:

- Within the RME two unique high process alarms are configured for analog inputs 1 and 2 of the RMC module

- The logic block (within the RME module) is configured as an OR function

- The RME output function is tied to the internal output of the logical OR function

When either process alarm is true (analog input value is greater than the alarm high set point, the real-world output connected to the RME will be driven on.

*

Analog

Input

Function

* RMC module

*

Control

Function

* RMC module

* Output

Function

* RMC module

Ain 1

* Alarm

Function

* RME module

*

Logic

Function

* RME module

*

Output

Function

* RME module

Ain 2

Alarm

Function

* RME module

Outputs

Outputs can perform various functions or actions in response to information provided by a function, such as a digital output to turn a light on or off, unlocking a door; or turning on a buzzer.

Assign a function to an output in the Output Menu or Digital Output Menu of the Setup Page.

Then select which instance of that function will drive the selected output. For example, you might assign an output to respond to an internal output of a compare function.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 10 Chapter 1 Overview

You can assign more than one output to respond to a single instance of a function, e.g., alarm 2 could be used to trigger a light connected to output 1 and a siren connected to digital output 5.

Actions

Based on a given input (Digital I/O, Logic function, etc..) the Action function can cause other functions to occur. To name a few, silencing alarms, turn control loops off and placing alarms in non-alarm state.

A Conceptual View of RM Hardware Configurations

Due to the scalability and flexibility in the system components a user has several options available in the way that the hardware can be connected. Listed below are a few examples.

RM System Connected to a Remote User Interface (RUI) and a PC

In this configuration the RUI and PC are connected to the RM system via Watlow's Standard

Bus where both will be able to talk directly to any interconnected system module.

RM

Control

RM

Expansion

Slot C Slot C

Power

Supply

PC

EZ-ZONE

Configurator

RUI

The PC running EZ-ZONE Configurator software and the RUI can be used to configure and then monitor both modules.

RM System Connected to a Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) on a DIN Rail

In this configuration the PLC can be connected to the RM system via the Access module using one or more available protocols:

1. EtherNet/IP and or Modbus

TCP

2. DeviceNet

3. Modbus RTU

4. Profibus DP

RM

Control

RM

Expansion

RM

Access

Slot C Slot C Slot C

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module

Power

Supply

11

PLC

Chapter 1 Overview

RM System Connected to an Operator Interface Terminal (OIT) through an RUI/Gateway

In this configuration the HMI can be running any of a number of protocols communicating to the RM system through Watlow's RUI/Gateway. Available protocols for the RUI/Gateway follow:

1. EtherNet/IP and or Modbus TCP

2. DeviceNet

3. Modbus RTU

4. Profibus DP

RM

Control

RM

Expansion

Slot C Slot C

RUI/Gateway

Power

Supply

OIT

RM System Connected to a Split Rail with OIT

In this configuration both the Inter-module Bus (backplane communications) and Standard

Bus are connected between rails to allow for remote capabilities. It is recommended that the split rail connection not exceed 200 feet. In this configuration the OIT can communicate with all modules (maximum 16 modules any combination with one Access module).

RM

Control

RM

Expansion

RM

Access

Slot E

Slot C Slot C Slot C

Power

Supply

RM

Control

RM

Expansion

RM

Expansion

Slot C

Slot C

Slot C

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 12

OIT

Chapter 1 Overview

Module Orientation

The picture below represents one of six possible RM modules. All six will have four slots on the face (slot A, B, D, and E) and one on the bottom (slot C) not shown. All of these slots are not always used on all modules. On the face of the module there is a button (white circle) under the Zone address (

5

) that when pushed and held has the following functions:

1. For any module, push and hold for ~ 2 seconds. The address will intensify indicating that it can now be changed. Release and repeatedly press to change to the desired unique address. Valid addresses over Standard Bus range from 1 -16 (

1

-

9

,

A

is 10,

B

is 11,

C is 12, d

is 13,

E

is 14,

F

is 15, and h

is 16). The Access module is shipped at address

J

or 17

Note:

For correct operation and accuracy, the module must be mounted in a vertical orientation as shown.

D E

A B

Module Status

(Slot A, B, D, or E)

Protocol

Standard Bus - red

Modbus - green

Module Outputs

1 through 16, all may or may not be used depending

on module type

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 13 Chapter 1 Overview

Input

Function

Input Device

EZ-ZONE RM-Expansion Module - System Diagram with up to 24 Inputs/Outputs

Digital Input (or output) 1 - 6

Switch contact or volts dc

3 - Universal/Retransmit or

4 - 2A SSR or

2 - 10A SSR or

4 - 5A Mechanical Relays or

6 Digital I/O

Output 1 - 6

None, Process, Switched dc/Open collector,

5A Mechanical Relay - Form A,

10A SSR - Form A, 2A SSR - Form A

Input Device

Input Device

Input Device

Input Device

RUI or PC

Other RM Modules

Power Supply

Digital Input (or output) 7 - 12

Switch contact or volts dc

Digital Input (or output) 13 - 18

Switch contact or volts dc

Digital Input (or output) 19 - 24

Switch contact or volts dc

Current Transformer 19 - 22

Slot A

Class 1 Div

II not available with mechanical relay outputs.

3 - Universal/Retransmit or

4 - 2A SSR or

4 - 5A Mechanical Relays or

6 Digital I/O

Output 7 - 12

None, Process, Switched dc/Open collector,

5A Mechanical Relay - Form A, 2A SSR -

Form A

Slot B (optional)

Class 1 Div

II not available with mechanical relay outputs.

3 - Universal/Retransmit or

4 - 2A SSR or

2 - 10A SSR or

4 - Mechanical Relays or

6 Digital I/O

Output 13 - 18

None, Process, Switched dc/Open collector,

5A Mechanical Relay - Form A,

10A SSR - Form A, 2A SSR - Form A

Slot D (optional)

Class 1 Div II not available with mechanical relay outputs.

Current Transformer (CT) or

6 Digital I/O or

3 - Universal/Retransmit or

4 - 2A SSR

Output 19 - 24

None, Process, Switched dc/Open collector,

2A SSR - Form A

Slot E (optional)

Zone and Status

LED

EIA - 485 Communications

Standard Bus

Modbus RTU - Optional

Inter-module Bus

20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc

Standard Bus

Zone 1 - 16

Supervisory &

Power Board

Slot C

Output Status

LEDs

1 9

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Zone Selection

Button

D

A

S

M

E

B

Output

Function

See:

Setup Page,

Output Menu

See:

Setup Page,

Output Menu

See:

Setup Page,

Output Menu

See:

Setup Page,

Output Menu

Indicates Zone

Address

Push to select Zone

Address

Card Status

Slots A, B, D, E

Indicates Standard Bus

Communications

Indicates Modbus

Communications

Indicates I/O

Status

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 14 Chapter 1 Overview

2

Dimensions

Chapter 2: Install and Wire

As can be seen below the dimensions of the RME module will change slightly based on the type of connector used.

Note:

Modules should always be mounted vertically. For easy removal and placement of modules it is recommended that there be a 76.2 mm (3.00 in) clearance on the top, bottom and front of each module.

Module Removal Clearance

147.07 mm

( 5.8 in )

Standard Connectors

75.08 mm

( 3.0 in )

44.45 mm

( 1.75 in )

101.60 mm

( 4.00 in )

116.08 mm

( 4.57 in )

Latch in open position

Module Removal Clearance

155 mm

( 6.10 in )

116.08 mm

( 4.57 in )

101.60 mm

( 4.00 in )

44.45 mm

( 1.75 in )

51.56 mm

( 2.03 in )

Straight Connectors

75.08 mm

( 3.0 in )

15°

165 mm

( 6.50 in )

Module Removal Displacement

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module

51.56 mm

( 2.03 in )

15

15

°

173.90 mm

( 6.85 in )

Module Removal Displacement

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Dimensions (

cont .)

Module Removal Clearance

164.9 mm

( 6.5 in )

116.08 mm

( 4.57 in )

Ring Terminal Connectors

101.60 mm

( 4.00 in )

44.45 mm

( 1.75 in )

80.54 mm

( 3.17 in )

51.56 mm

( 2.03 in )

15°

184.58 mm

( 7.27 in )

Module Removal Displacement

Chassis Mount Front View (Module Removed) - Screw Connection Pattern

58.67 mm

(2.31 in)

32.77 mm

(1.29 in)

51.56 mm

(2.03 in)

17.53 mm

(0.69 in)

60.45 mm

(2.38 in)

35.81 mm

(1.41 in)

16.76 mm

(0.66 in)

35.05 mm

(1.38 in)

The view above is representative of the modular backplane without the module.

Recommended chassis mount hardware:

1. #8 screw, 3/4" long

2. Torque to 10 -15 in-lb

3. No washers of any kind

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 16 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Power Supplies

91.00 mm 3.583 in

1 2 3 4

+ + - -

DC LO

DC OK

DSP30

DSP 30

55.6 mm

2.189 in

49.00 mm

1.929 in

32.10 mm

1.264 in

91.00 mm 3.583 in

L N

5 6

1 2 3 4

+ + - -

71.00 mm

2.795 in vout ADJ.

DSP 60

DC LO

DC OK

DSP60

55.6 mm

2.189 in

49.00 mm

1.929 in

32.10 mm

1.264 in

L N

5 6

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 17 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

91.00 mm 3.583 in

89.9 mm

3.539 in

1 2 3 4

+ + - vout ADJ.

DSP 100

DC LO

DC OK

DSP100

56.8 mm

2.236 in

49.00 mm

1.929 in

32.10 mm

1.264 in

L N

5 6

AC Input Voltage Range

Input Frequency

DC Input Voltage range

Inrush Current (115 / 230VAC)

Output Voltage Accuracy

Over voltage Protection

LED Indicators

Operating Temperature

Power Supply Specifications

DSP 30 DSP60 DSP100

VAC

90 - 264VAC, Class II double insulated (No ground connection required)

Hz 47 - 63Hz

VDC 120 - 370VDC

A

%

25 / 50A 30 / 60A

±1% of Nominal

30 / 60A

V 120 - 145%

- - - - Green LED = On, Red LED = DC Output Low

Storage Temperature

Operating Humidity

Vibration (Operating)

Safety Agency Approvals

- - - - -25 to +85°C

- - - - 20 - 95% RH (non condensing)

- - - -

IEC 60068-2-6 (Mounting by rail: Random wave,

10-500 Hz, 2G, ea. along X, Y, Z axes 10 min/ cycle, 60 min)

UL1310 Class 2(1), UL508 Listed, UL60950-1,

EN60950-1, CE

For a comprehensive listing of these specifications point your browser to : http://us.tdklambda.com/lp/products/dsp-series.htm

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 18 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

RME Installation and Removal on a DIN Rail

Modular Backplane Connector

The picture on the right shows the Modular Backplane Connector, both front and rear view.

The rear view is bringing in to focus a metal clip. If the DIN rail is grounded the Modular

Backplane Connector and the module connected to it will be also (recommended).

Installing the Modular Backplane Connector

To install the backplane follow the steps below:

1. Hook backplane assembly to upper edge of DIN rail, (see rear view above, backplane hook detail that mates with upper rail edge is circled)

2. Next, rotate back plane assembly downward to engage the lower edge of the rail. (Note:

Din Rail clipping distance ranges from

1.366 -1.389 inches. The back plane assembly will not latch onto the rail successfully if the rail is out of dimension).

3. For final positioning and locking, the red tab is to be pushed upward to further engage the bottom edge of the rail with an over center snap action latch. (The red locking tab protrudes from the bottom side of the back plane assembly).

Note:

For easy removal and placement of modules it is recommended that there be a 76.2 mm (3.00 in) clearance on the top, bottom and front of each module.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 19 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Installing Multiple Modular Backplane Connectors

Multiple modules are easily aligned and latched together. Each module includes matched mating geometry that facilitates accurate and consistent interconnections.

To install backplane connectors follow the steps below:

1. Attach individual modules to the rail separately.

2. Laterally slide the modules together until they touch.

3. When the multi-module system is attached and laterally positioned to the desired placement the locking tab should be engaged to secure the control system to the rail.

Module Installation

In the picture to the right notice that the arrow is pointing at the top lip of the module (on side).

To install modules on the backplane follow the steps below:

1. Slide the lip of the module over the top of the Modular Backplane Connector and then push down on the rear of the module. The module will then slide over the two posts just above the green connector (see pictures below).

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 20 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Module Removal

To remove a module from the backplane follow the steps below:

1. Find the red tab protruding from the bottom of the module and pull back on it as shown to the right.

2. Pull back on the red tab, the two mounting posts will then release the module.

3. Lift the module up and slide it up; this will release the module lip from the backplane.

Backplane Removal from DIN Rail

To remove a modular backplane connector from the DIN rail follow the steps below:

1. Insert a screw driver into the red locking tab just behind the green connector.

2. Apply downward pressure on the tab by lifting the screwdriver upwards..

3. When released, the tab will move downward and the connector can then be lifted up off of the DIN rail.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 21 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

1 - 3

F1

H1

- - -

F2

H2

- - -

F3

H3

D4

D5

D6

Z1

B1

D1

D2

D3

Wiring

Expansion Module (RME x - x x x x - x x x x)

Slot A Slot B Slot D Slot E

Inputs

Terminal Function

Digital Inputs

1 - 6 7 - 12 13 - 18 19 - 24

D10

D11

D12

Z7

B7

D7

D8

D9

B13

D13

D14

D15

D16

D17

D18

Z13

B19

D19

D20

D21

D22

D23

D24

Z19

Common dc+ input dc+ input dc+ input dc+ input dc+ input dc+ input

Internal Supply

Configuration

6 Digital Inputs

Part # Digits 5, 6, 7, 8

Slot A: RME _ - [

C] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _

Slot B: RME _ - _ [

C] _ _ - _ _ _ _

Slot D: RME _ - _ _ [

C] _ - _ _ _ _

Slot E: RME _ - _ _ _ [

C] - _ _ _ _

Current Transformer Inputs

1 - 4

T3

S3

T4

S4

T1

S1

T2

S2

5 - 8 9 - 12 13 - 16

T7

S7

T8

S8

T5

S5

T6

S6

T9

S9

T10

S10

T11

S11

T12

S12

T13

S13

T14

S14

T15

S15

T16

S16

Outputs

1 - 6 7 - 12 13 - 18 19 - 24

D4

D5

D6

Z1

B1

D1

D2

D3

D10

D11

D12

Z7

B7

D7

D8

D9

B13

D13

D14

D15

D16

D17

D18

Z13

B19

D19

D20

D21

D22

D23

D24

Z19 mA ac mA ac mA ac mA ac mA ac mA ac mA ac mA ac

Quad Current Transformers

Part # Digit 5, 6, 7, 8

Slot A: RME _ - [ T] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _

Slot B: RME _ - _ [ T] _ _ - _ _ _ _

Slot D: RME _ - _ _ [ T] _- _ _ _ _

Slot E: RME _ - _ _ _ [ T] - _ _ _ _

Digital Outputs common open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc internal supply

Digital Inputs

Part # Digits 5, 6, 7, 8

Slot A: RME _ - [

C] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _

Slot B: RME _ - _ [

C] _ _ - _ _ _ _

Slot D: RME _ - _ _ [

C] _ - _ _ _ _

Slot E: RME _ - _ _ _ [

C] - _ _ _ _

4, 2A Solid-State Relay (SSR) Outputs

1 - 4 7 - 10 13 - 16 19 - 22

L1

K1

L2

- - -

- - -

L3

K3

L4

L7

K7

L8

- - -

- - -

L9

K9

L10

L13

K13

L14

- - -

- - -

L15

K15

L16

L19

K19

L20

- - -

- - -

L21

K21

L22 normally open common normally open

not used not used

normally open common normally open

2A SSR Outputs

Part # Digits 5, 6, 7, 8

Slot A: RME _ - [

L] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _

Slot B: RME _ - _ [

L] _ _ - _ _ _ _

Slot D: RME _ - _ _ [

L] _ - _ _ _ _

Slot E: RME _ - _ _ _ [

L] - _ _ _ _

Tri-State Process/Retransmit Outputs

7 - 9 13 - 15 19 - 21

F7

H7

- - -

F8

H8

- - -

F9

H9

F13

H13

- - -

F14

H14

- - -

F15

H15

F19

H19

- - -

F20

H20

- - -

F21

H21 voltage or current voltage + or current + not used voltage or current voltage + or current + not used voltage or current voltage + or current +

Tri-Process Outputs

Part # Digits 5, 6, 7, 8

Slot A: RME _ - [F] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _

Slot B: RME _ - _ [F] _ _ - _ _ _ _

Slot D: RME _ - _ _ [F] _ - _ _ _ _

Slot E: RME _ - _ _ _ [F] - _ _ _ _

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 22 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Outputs (cont.)

Expansion Module (RME x - x x x x - x x x x)

Slot A Slot B Slot D Slot E Terminal Function Configuration

2, 10A Form A SSR Outputs

1 - 2 - - 13 - 14 - - -

L2

L2

K2

K2

L1

L1

K1

K1

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

L13

L13

K13

K13

L14

L14

K14

K14

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - normally open normally open common common normally open normally open common common

10A SSR Outputs

Part # Digits 5, 7

Slot A: RME _ - [

K] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _

Slot B: Not available

Slot D: RME _ - _ _ [

K] _ - _ _ _ _

Slot E: Not available

4, 5A Form A Mechanical Relay Outputs

1 - 4 7 - 10 13 - 16 - - -

L3

K3

L4

K4

L1

K1

L2

K2

L9

K9

L10

K10

L7

K7

L8

K8

L13

K13

L14

K14

L15

K15

L16

K16

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - -

- - normally open common normally open common normally open common normally open common

5A Mechanical Relay Outputs

Part # Digits 5, 6, 7

Slot A: RME _ - [ J] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _

Slot B: RME _ - _ [ J] _ _ - _ _ _ _

Slot D: RME _ - _ _ [ J] _ - _ _ _ _

Slot E: Not available

Slot C

CC

CA

CB

CZ

CX

CY

98

99

CF

CD

CE

Power and Communications

Terminal Function

Power input: ac or dc+

Power input: ac or dc-

Standard Bus EIA-485 common

Standard Bus EIA-485 T-/R-

Standard Bus EIA-485 T+/R+

Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 common

Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T-/R-

Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T+/R+

Inter-module Bus

Inter-module Bus

Inter-module Bus

Configuration

All

Standard Bus

Standard Bus or Modbus

Part # Digit 10

RME_ - _ _ _ _ - _ 1 _ _

Inter-module Bus

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 23 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Slot D

Slot A

All Modules - Front View -

Standard Connector

Slot E

Slot B

98 99

Slot C

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 24 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

RME System Isolation Blocks

No Isolation Digital Inputs & Outputs

Controller Power Supply

20.4 to 30.8V

Î (

dc)

20.4 to 30.8V

Å

(ac)

Safety Isolation

Controller

Low Voltage Power Bus

No Isolation

Switched DC, Open Collector,

Process outputs

Mechanical Relay,

Solid-State Relay,

Outputs

Safety Isolation

Low-voltage Isolation: 42V peak

Safety Isolation: 1,528V

Å (ac)

Low-voltage

Isolation

Communications Ports

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 25 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12

AWG) single-wire termination or two 1.31 mm

2

(16 AWG)

• 0.57 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I,

DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and

D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Expansion Module Wiring (RMEx-xxxx-xxxx)

Low Power

RME - All Model Numbers

98 99

Slot C

Communications

• 20.4 to 30.8V Å (ac) / Î (dc) 14VA

• 47 to 63 Hz

• Expansion module power consumption, 7

Watts maximum

• 31 Watts maximum power available for

P/S part #:0847-0299-0000

• 60 Watts maximum power available for

P/S part #:0847-0300-0000

• 91 Watts maximum power available for

P/S part #:0847-0301-0000

• Class 2 or Safety Extra Low Voltage (SELV) power source required to meet UL compliance standards

RMC Part # Digit 10 is A

Slot C

CF CD CE CZ CX CY

-

+

• CF, CD, CE - Standard Bus EIA485 Communications

• CZ, CX, CY - Inter-module Bus EIA485

Communications

• Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisychain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network

Communications

RMC Part # Digit 10 is 1

Slot C

CC CA CB CZ CX CY

-

+

• CC, CA, CB - Modbus and Standard Bus

EIA485 Communications (selectable via push button under zone address)

• CZ, CX, CY - Inter-module Bus EIA485

Communications

• Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisychain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network

Modbus-

IDA Terminal

EIA/TIA-

485 Name

Watlow

Terminal

Label

Function

DO

D1

A

B

CA or CD

CB or CE

T-/R-

T+/R+ common common CC or CF common

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 26 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12

AWG) single-wire termination or two 1.31 mm

2

(16 AWG)

• 0.57 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I,

DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and

D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Quad Current Transformer Inputs 1 to 16

Slot A, B, D, E

T_

S_

T_

S_

T_

S_

T_

S_

Slot A, B, D, E

Common

B_

DC Input

D_

DC Input

D_

DC Input

D_

DC Input

D_

DC Input

D_

DC Input

D_

Internal Supply

Z_

RME Part # Digit 5, 6, 7, 8 is T

• Input range is 0 to 50mA (ac).

• Current transformer part number: 16-0246

• 100 Ω input impedance

• Response time: 1 second maximum

• Accuracy +/-1mA typical

Digital Inputs 1 to 24

RME Part # Digit 5, 6, 7, 8 is C

Digital Input Event

Conditions

• Dry Contact

- Input inactive when > 100KΩ

- Input active when < 50Ω

• Voltage

- Input inactive when < 2V

- Input active when > 3V

• Six user configurable Digital Inputs/outputs per slot

Vdc

Voltage Input

B_

D_

Dry Contact

D_ common

24 Vdc

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Z_

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Dry contact closure Digital Inputs shall not be used in Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations unless switch used is approved for this application.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 27 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12

AWG) single-wire termination or two 1.31 mm

2

(16 AWG)

• 0.57 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I,

DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and

D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Connecting a Digital Output from One Zone to a Digital Input of

Another Zone (Zone 1 to Zone 2 in this example)

Zone 1

RMC Part # Digit 11 is C

Slot D Slot E

B7

D7

D8

D9

D10

D11

D12

Z7

Zone 2

RME Part # Digit 8 is C

Slot D

Slot E

B19

D19

D20

D21

D22

D23

D24

Z19

Pull-up resistor required 1K

to 10K Ohms

Slot A Slot B

Slot A Slot B

In the example above, digital output D8 from an RMC module

(Zone 1) is connected to the digital input D20 of an RME module

(Zone 2).

Note:

As shown in the graphic above, for this configuration, a pull-up resistor is required.

Digital Outputs 1 to 24

RME Part # Digit 5, 6, 7, 8 is C

Slot A, B, D, E

B_

Common

D_

Collector out

D_

Collector out

D_

Collector out

D_

Collector out

D_

Collector out

D_

Collector out

Z_

Internal Supply

• Maximum switched voltage is 32VÎ

(dc)

• Internal supply provides a constant power output of

750mW

• Maximum output sink current per output is 1.5A

(external class

2 or *SELV supply required)

Vdc

B_

Common

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

Z_

Internal

Supply

• Six user configurable Digital Outputs per slot

• Total sink current for all outputs not to exceed 8A

• Do not connect outputs in parallel

* Safety Extra Low Voltage

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 28 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12

AWG) single-wire termination or two 1.31 mm

2

(16 AWG)

• 0.57 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I,

DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and

D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Digital Output Wiring Example - Switched DC to DIN-A-MITE

®

Vdc

Vdc

Collector Outputs

Internal Circuitry

Collector Outputs

Internal Circuitry

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

Common

B_

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

Z_

Internal Supply

B_

Common

Htr 1

Htr 2

Htr 3

Z_

Internal Supply

+

-

+

+

-

-

DC90-60C0-0000

Digital Output (1 to 24) Wiring Example - Open Collector

Diode

-

Power Supply

5 to 32 Vdc

+

Fuse

An example fuse is

Bussmann AGC-1 1/2

Relay

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Quencharc Note:

Switching pilot duty inductive loads (relay coils, solenoids, etc.) with the mechanical relay,

Solid-State relay or open collector output options requires use of an

R.C. suppressor.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 29 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12

AWG) single-wire termination or two 1.31 mm

2

(16 AWG)

• 0.57 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I,

DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and

D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Quad Mechanical Relays, Form A Outputs 1-4, 7-10, 13-16

Slot A, B, D

L_

K_

L_

K_

L_

K_

L_

K_ normally open common normally open common normally open common normally open common

RME Part # Digit 5, 6, or 7 is J

• 5A at 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ (dc) maximum resistive load

• 20mA at 24V minimum load

• 125VA pilot duty at 120/240VÅ

(ac), 25 VA at

24VÅ (ac)

• 100,000 cycles at rated load

• Output does not supply power

• For use with ac or dc

• Not available in slot E

• See Quencharc note.

Quencharc Wiring Example

In this example the

Quencharc circuit

(Watlow part# 0804-

0147-0000) is used to protect the RME internal circuitry from the counter electromagnetic force from the inductive user load when de-engergized. It is recommended that this or an equivalent

Quencharc be used when connecting inductive loads to the RME outputs.

L_

K_

User Load

Quencharc

Quencharc Note:

Switching pilot duty inductive loads (relay coils, solenoids, etc.) with the mechanical relay,

Solid-State relay or open collector output options requires use of an

R.C. suppressor.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 30

L_

K_

N

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12

AWG) single-wire termination or two 1.31 mm

2

(16 AWG)

• 0.57 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I,

DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and

D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Dual 10A SSR Outputs 1 and 2, 13 and 14

RME Part # Digit 5 or 7 is K

Slot A

L1

L1

K1

K1

L2

L2

K2

K2 normally open normally open common common normally open normally open common common

• Maximum resistive load 10A per output @ 240VÅ (ac)

• Maximum 20A per slot @ 50

0

C

• Maximum 12A per slot @ 65

0

C

• Minimum holding current 10mA

L_

Normally Open

L_

K_

Common

K_

L_

Normally Open

L_

K_

Common

K_

Slot D

L13 normally open

L13 normally open

K13 common

K13 common

L14 normally open

L14 normally open

K14 common

K14 common

Total Output Amps Per Slot

25

20

15

10

5

0

20 25

30

12 A

35 40

45

50

Ambient Temperatue ( o

55

C)

60 65

70

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 31 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12

AWG) single-wire termination or two 1.31 mm

2

(16 AWG)

• 0.57 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I,

DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and

D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

2.25

2.00

1.75

1.50

1.25

1.0

0.75

0.50

0.25

0

-20

Quad 2A SSR Outputs 1-4, 7-10, 13-16, 19 - 22

RME Part # Digit 5, 6, 7, 8 is L

Slot D, E

L_

K_

L_

L_

K_

L_ normally open common normally open normally open common normally open

• 2A at 20 to 264VÅ

(ac) maximum resistive load

• 50 VA 120/240VÅ

(ac) pilot duty

• Optical isolation, without contact suppression

• Maximum off state leakage of 105µA

• Output does not supply power.

• Do not use on dc loads.

• N.O., COM, N.O wiring (shared common) between each set of outputs.

• 100,000 cycle endurance tested resistive and pilot duty.

• Minimum holding current 10mA

• See Quencharc note.

Not Used

Not Used

L_

Normally Open

K_

Common

L_

Normally Open

L_

Normally Open

K_

Common

L_

Normally Open

Quad 2 Amp SSR Derating Curve

All Outputs 100% Duty Cycle

-15

-10 -5 0

5

10 15 20 25 30 35

Ambient Temperature (oC)

40

45 50 55 60 65

70

1 Quad SSR

Multiple Quad SSR Cards

Note:

Each of the four SSR outputs has internal circuitry that will protect it from over heating. Outputs may be disabled (shut off) automatically if internal temperatures exceed those listed in the graph above. After the output temperature drops approximately 10 °C the outputs will once again be enabled for operation.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 32 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm

2

(30 to 12

AWG) single-wire termination or two 1.31 mm

2

(16 AWG)

• 0.57 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I,

DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and

D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Tri-Process/Retransmit Outputs 1-3, 7-9, 13-15, 19-21

RME Part # Digit 5, 6, 7, 8 is F

Slot A, B, D, E

F_ volts or current -

H_

F_

H_

F_

H_ volts +/current + volts or current volts +/current + volts or current volts +/current +

• 0 to 20mA into

400Ω maximum load

• 0 to 10VÎ (dc) into 4kΩ minimum load

• Outputs are scalable

• Output supplies power

• Each output can be independently set for voltage or current.

• Output may be used as retransmit or control.

0 to 20 mA

0 to 20 mA

0 to 20 mA

0 to 10 V

Not Used

0 to 10 V

Not Used

0 to 10 V

F_ negative

H_

volts +

or current +

F_ negative

H_

volts +

or current +

F_ negative

H_

volts +

or current +

Standard Bus EIA-485 Communications

Slot C

98 99 CF CD CE CZ CX CY

• Wire T-/R- to the

A terminal of the

EIA-485 port.

• Wire T+/R+ to the

B terminal of the

EIA-485 port.

• Wire common to the common terminal of the EIA-

485 port.

• Do not route network wires with power wires.

Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network.

• A 120 Ω termination resistor may be required across

T+/R+ and T-/R-, placed on the last controller on the network.

• Do not connect more than 16

EZ-ZONE RM controllers on a network.

• Maximum network length: 1,200 meters (4,000 feet)

• 1/8th unit load on

EIA-485 bus

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 33 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

USB

Port

PC Software Protocol

Standard Bus

EZ-Configurator

EZ-ZONE

®

RM to B&B Converter

Model ULINX

TM

485USBTB-2W

USB to RS-485 Adapter using Standard Bus

Data format

38,400 baud

8 data bits no parity

1 start bit

1 stop bit

98 99 CF CD CE CZ CW CY

D

A

EZ ZONE

R

RM

1

E

D

A

E

B

S M

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

3

4

1

2

5

6

7

8

B

U

LINX TM

B

Model 485TB-2W

&

USB Serial Conversion

B electronics

0847-0326-0000

A(-)

B(+)

A(-)

B(+)

GND

Use twisted pair wires such as Cat 5 cabling.

Do not route with power carrying conductors.

http://www.bb-elec.com/

98 99 CF CD CE CZ CW CY

Note:

Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e., disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on

Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur.

EZ-ZONE RM to Serial Gear Converter

Model USB-COMi-M

EZ ZONE

R

RM

1

Screw terminal connector pin-out:

1 is Data –(A), connects to pin CD or CA

2 is Data +(B), connects to pin CE or CB

6 is GND, connects to pin CF or CC

DB9 connector, EIA485 half duplex pin-out:

1 is Data –(A), connects to pin CD or CA

2 is Data +(B), connects to pin CE or CB

5 is GND, connects to pin CF or CC

DB9 connector, EIA232 pin-out:

1 is DCD

2 is RXD

3 is TXD

4 is DTR

5 is Gnd

6 is DSR

Use twisted pair wires such as Cat 5 cabling.

Do not route with power carrying conductors.

Daisy chain wire up to 247 EZ-ZONE ® devices.

98 99 CF CD CE CZ CW CY

USB

If first device on 485 network, set jumpers as shown

Internal

Jumpers

JP1

1 - 2

3 - 4

5 - 6

7 - 8

9 - 10

11 - 12

13 - 14

Tx termination 120 ohm

Tx pull-up 750 ohm

Tx pull-down 750 ohm

Rx termination 120 (422)

Rx pull-up 750 ohm

Rx pull-down 750 ohm

CTS termination 120 (422)

1 2

13 14 http://serialgear.com/1-Port-Serial-USB-USB-COMi-M.html

6 5 4 3 2

PWR

RxD

TxD

1

USB-COMi-M

ON

SerialGear

SW Serial

DB9

1 2 3 4

Mode

485

232

1

ON

OFF

2

OFF

ON

3 4

OFF OFF

ON ON

D

A

E

D

A

E

B

S M

13

14

15

16

9

10

11

12

5

6

7

8

2

1

3

4

B

98 99 CF CD CE CZ CW CY

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 34 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Modbus RTU or Standard Bus EIA-485 Communcations

Slot C

98 99 CC CA CB CZ CX CY

• Wire T-/R- to the A terminal of the EIA-485 port.

• Wire T+/R+ to the B terminal of the EIA-485 port.

• Wire common to the common terminal of the EIA-485 port.

• Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network.

• A termination resistor may be required. Place a 120 Ω resistor across T+/R+ and T-/R- of last controller on network.

Modbus-IDA

Terminal

DO

D1 common

EIA/TIA-

485 Name

A

B common

Watlow Terminal

Label

CA or CD

CB or CE

CC or CF

• Only one protocol per port is available at a time: either

Modbus RTU or Standard Bus.

• Do not connect more than 16

EZ-ZONE controllers on a Standard Bus network.

• Maximum number of EZ-ZONE controllers on a Modbus network is 247.

• Maximum network length:

1,200 meters (4,000 feet)

• 1/8th unit load on EIA-485 bus

• RME _ - _ _ _ _ - _ 1 _ _

Function

T-/R-

T+/R+ common

EZ-ZONE

®

RM to B&B Converter

Model ULINX

TM

485USBTB-2W

USB to RS-485 Adapter using Modbus RTU

USB

Port

PC Software Protocol

Modbus RTU Third Party

Data format

9,600, 19,200, 38,400 baud

8 data bits even, odd, no parity

1 start bit

1 stop bit

98 99 CA CB CC CZ CW CY

A

D

EZ ZONE

R

RM

1

E

D

A

E

B

S M

1 9

2 10

3 11

4 12

5 13

6 14

7 15

8 16

B

U

LINX

TM

USB Serial Conversion

Model 485TB-2W

B

&

B electronics

0847-0326-0000

A(-)

B(+)

A(-)

B(+)

GND

Use twisted pair wires such as Cat 5 cabling.

Do not route with power carrying conductors.

http://www.bb-elec.com/

98 99 CF CD CE CZ CW CY

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 35 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Note:

When connecting the USB converter to the PC it is suggested that the Latency Timer be changed from the default of 16 msec to 1 msec. Failure to make this change may cause communication loss between the PC running EZ-ZONE Configurator or Composer software and the control.

To modify Latency Timer settings follow the steps below:

1. Navigate to Device Manager on the PC.

2. Double click on Ports.

3. Right click on the USB serial port in use and select Properties.

4. Click the tab labeled Port settings and then click the Advance button.

Graphic below shows the advanced settings dialog box for the com port in use.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 36 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Wiring a Serial EIA-485 Network

Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network. A termination resistor may be required.

Place a 120 Ω resistor across T+/R+ and T-/R- of the last controller on a network. Only one protocol per port is available at a time: either Modbus RTU or Standard Bus.

Note:

Termination resistors when used, require a termination resistor at both ends of the network.

A Network Using Watlow's Standard Bus and an RUI/Gateway

EZ-ZONE ST

ST_ _ - (B or F) _ M _ -_ _ _ _

Power

Supply fuse

EZ-ZONE RM

power power common

EZ-ZONE PM

CE

B5

D6

D5

98

99

CF

CD power com

- A

+ B

RUI/Gateway

EZKB-_ A _ _- _ _ _ _

98

99

CF

CD

CE power common

- A

+ B

Slot C common

- A

+ B

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 37 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Connecting the Modules

RM System Connections

The RME module can be installed as a stand-alone module or it can be interconnected on the

DIN rail as shown below. When modules are connected together as shown, power and communications are shared between modules over the modular backplane interconnection (red circle). Therefore, bringing the neces-

Modular Backplane Interconnect

sary power and communications wiring to any one module

(connector in slot C) is sufficient. The modular backplane interconnect comes standard with every module ordered and is generic in nature, meaning any of the RM modules can use it.

Notice in the split rail system diagram that a single power supply is being used across both DIN rails. One notable consideration when designing the hardware layout would be the available power supplied and the loading affect of all of the modules used. Watlow provides three options for power supplies listed below:

1. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 31 watts (Part

#: 0847-0299-0000)

2. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 60 watts (Part

RM Controller

Module

RM Expansion

Module

RM Access

Module

RMCxxxxxxxxxAxx

RMEx-xxxx-xxxx RMAx-xxxx-xxxx

Slot D

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot A

Standard Bus

Address 1

Slot E

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot B

Slot D

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot A

Standard Bus

Address 2

Slot E

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot B

Slot D

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot A

Standard Bus

Address 3

Slot E

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot B

#: 0847-0300-0000)

3. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 91 watts (Part

#: 0847-0301-0000)

With regards to the modular loading affect, maximum power for each is listed below:

1. RMCxxxxxxxxxxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA

2.

RMEx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA

3. RMAx-xxxx-xxxx @ 4 watts / 9VA

Low Voltage

Class 2

Power Supply

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot C

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Standard Bus

Address 4

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot C

Standard Bus

Split Rail Configuration

RM Controller

Module

RMCxxxxxxxxxAxx

Slot D

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot A

_

Slot E

_

Slot B

RM Expansion

Module

RMEx-xxxx-xxxx

Slot D

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot A

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Standard Bus

Address 5

Slot E

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot B

_

Slot C

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Inter-module

Bus

It is recommended that twisted pair shielded wire be used for each bus.

So, in the split rail system diagram to the right, the maximum power consumption on the supply would be 38 Watts.

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot C

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot C

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

- 2 RMC modules consumes 7W

- 2 RME modules consumes 7W

- 1 RMA module consumes 4W

- 1 Remote User Interface consumes 6W

RUI

EZKB-_ A _ _- _ _ _ _

Standard Bus

With this power requirement the second or third power supply should be used.

Another hardware configuration scenario that could present itself (graphic not shown) would be a configuration that requires more than one supply. Lets make some assumptions pertaining to the split rail system diagram shown above. The power supply used is the 91W supply. The top DIN rail now has the following modules:

- 2 RMC modules consumes 14W

- 1 RMA consumes 4W

-

11 RME modules consumes 77W

As it can now be understood, the total power requirement exceeds 91W. In this case, another power supply would be required. To incorporate another supply in this system simply disconnect pins 99 and 98 on the remote DIN rail and connect another appropriately sized

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 38 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

power supply to those same pins.

When using a split rail configuration ensure that the interconnections for the Inter-module

Bus and Standard Bus do not exceed 200 feet. Standard Bus and the Inter-module Buses are different protocols and both are required for split rail configurations. Without having both connected, communications between modules would not be possible.

Note:

Unit is not provided with a disconnect, use of an external disconnect is required. It should be located in close proximity to the unit and be labeled as the disconnect for the unit.

Note:

Connecting power supplies in parallel is not allowed. When power consumption is greater than 91 watts use a split rail configuration.

Conventions Used in the Menu Pages

To better understand the menu pages that follow review the naming conventions used. When encountered throughout this document, the word "default" implies as shipped from the factory. Each page (Operations, Setup, Profile and Factory) and their associated menus have identical headers defined below:

Header Name Definition

Display Visually displayed information from the control.

Parameter Name Describes the function of the given parameter.

Range

Default

Modbus Relative

Address

CIP (Common Industrial Protocol)

Defines options available for this prompt, i.e., min/max values (numerical), yes/no, etc... (further explanation below).

Values as delivered from the factory.

Identifies unique parameters using either the Modbus RTU or Modbus

TCP protocols (further explanation below).

If used in conjunction with an RMA module identifies unique parameters using either the DeviceNet or EtherNet/IP protocol (further explanation below).

Profibus Index

Parameter ID

Data Type and Access (R/W)

If used in conjunction with an RMA module identifies unique parameters using Profibus DP protocol (further explanation below).

Identifies unique parameters used with other software such as, Lab-

VIEW.

uint = Unsigned 16 bit integer dint = Signed 32-bit, long string = ASCII (8 bits per character) float = IEEE 754 32-bit

RWES =

Readable

Writable

EEPROM (saved)

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 39 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Display

When the RME module is used in conjunction with the RUI (optional equipment) visual information from the control is displayed to the observer using a fairly standard 7 segment display. Due to the use of this technology, several characters displayed need some interpretation, see the list below:

1

2

3

4

5

= 1

= 2

= 3

= 4

= 5 ϯ = 7

8 = 8 q = 9

0 = 0 џ = щ ц

E

F g

, {

= d

= E

= F

= g

= c i

J

H

L

= i

= J

= K

= L

ЛЏ = M o

P q r

S

= o

= P

= q

= r

= S u v

= u

= v

ФІ y

Z

= W

= y

= Z

6 = 6 Ѥ = b h = h n = n t = t

Range

Within this column notice that on occasion there will be numbers found within parenthesis.

This number represents the enumerated value for that particular selection. Range selections can be made simply by writing the enumerated value of choice using any of the available communications protocols. As an example, turn to the RME Setup Page and look at the Alarm

Menu and then the Alarm Type. To turn the alarm off using Modbus simply write the value of

62 (off) to register 1468 and send that value to the control.

Note:

With firmware release 9.0 and above, two new parameters (Minimum and Maximum) were added to allow ranges to be opened up to display full values. Unsigned integer may take on a range of 0 to 65,535 and floating point may take on a range of -3.4E+38 to 3.4E+38.

Prior to revision 9.0, ranges were clamped to accommodate the seven segment LED display of the RUI. Both of these new parameters can be found in the Setup Page under the

Global Menu.

Communication Protocols

All modules come with the standard offering of Watlow's Standard Bus protocol used primarily for inter-module communications as well as for configuration using EZ-ZONE Configurator software (free download from Watlow's web site ( http://www.watlow.com

). The RMA module has options for several different protocols listed below:

- Modbus RTU 232/485

- EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP

- DeviceNet

- Profibus DP

To learn more about the RM Access module click on the link below. Once there simply type in

RM in the Keyword field. http://www.watlow.com/literature/manuals.cfm

Modbus RTU Protocol

All Modbus registers are 16-bits and as displayed in this manual are relative addresses (actual). Some legacy software packages limit available Modbus registers to 40000 to 49999 (5 digits). Many applications today require access to all available Modbus registers which range from 400001 to 465535 (6 digits). Watlow controls support 6 digit Modbus registers.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 40 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Note:

In this User's Guide all values shown representing Modbus addresses are added to 400,001 or 40,001 to acquire the absolute address.

For parameters listed as float, notice that only one (low order) of the two registers is listed, this is true throughout this document. By default, the low order word contains the two low bytes of the 32-bit parameter. As an example, look in the Controller Operations Page for the

Alarm Low Set Point. Find the column identified in the header as Modbus and notice that it lists register 1442 under Map 1. Because this parameter is a float, it is actually represented by registers 1442 (low order bytes) and 1443 (high order bytes). The Modbus specification does not dictate which register should be high or low order so Watlow provides the user the ability to swap this order (Setup Page, Communications Menu) from the default low/high to high/low.

Note:

With the release of firmware revision 9.00 and above, new functions where introduced into this product line. With the introduction of these new functions there was a reorganization of Modbus registers. Notice the reference to Map 1 and Map 2 registers in the column identified as Modbus Relative Address in each of the tables that follow. Select Map 1 or Map 2 in the Setup Page under the Communications Menu. This setting, Map 1 or Map 2, will apply across the controller.

It should also be noted that most of the cells in the Modbus column contain wording pertaining to an offset for Map 1 and Map 2. Several parameters in the controller contain more than one instance; such as, Alarms (8), Current (16), etc... The Modbus register shown always represents instance one. Take for an example the Silence Alarm parameter found in the Setup

Page under the Alarm Menu. Instance one of Map 1 is shown as address 1492 and +60 is identified as the offset to the next instance for Map 1 and Map 2. If there was a desire to silence the alarm for instance 3, simply add 120 to 1492 to find its address, in this case, the instance

3 address for Alarm Silence is 1612 and write the value of 0 to it.

RME _ - _ _ _ _ - A 1 _ _ or

RMA _ - A

[2, 3] _ _ - A A _

or

EZKB - x [2,3] _ _ - _ _ _ _

To learn more about the Modbus protocol point your browser to http://www.modbus.org

.

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character RUI display. Full values can be read with other interfaces. In firmware 9.0 and above, a user may specify ranges greater than may displayed by an RUI. If greater or less than an RUI can display, the display will show Value High uAL.H

or Value Low uAL.L

.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 41 Chapter 2 Install and Wire

3

Chapter 3: Operations Pages

RME Operation Page Parameters

To navigate to the Operations Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:

1. From the Home Page, press both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for three seconds. What appears in the upper display is dependent on ordering options and lower display.

2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.

3. Press the Advance Key

to enter the menu of choice.

oPEr

will appear in the

4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and then press the Advance Key

to enter.

5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.

6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu, submenu to menu, menu to Home Page.

7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.

On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.

Note:

Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.

Note:

Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part number.

dio

opEr

Digital Input/Output Menu

1 dio

Digital Input/Output (1 to 24)

do.S

Output State

di.S

Input State

ACt

opEr

Action Menu

1

ACt

Action (1 to 8)

Ei.S

Event Status aLЛЏ

opEr

Alarm Menu

1 aLЛЏ

Alarm (1 to 8)

A.Lo

Low Set Point

a.hi

High Set Point

a.CLr

Clear Alarm *

a.Sir

Silence Alarm *

a.st

Alarm State *

CUrr

opEr

Current Menu

1

CUrr

Current (1 to 16)

C.hi

High Set Point

C.Lo

Low Set Point

Ld.Cu

Load Current RMS

C.Er

Current Error

h.Er

Heater Error

Lnr

opEr

Linearization Menu

1

Lnr

Linearization (1 to 8)

Su.a

Source Value A

ofst

Offset

o.u

Output Value

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 42 Chapter 3 Operations Page

CpE

opEr

Compare Menu

1

CpE

Compare (1 to 8)

Su.a

Source Value A

Su.b

Source Value B

o.u

Output Value tЛЏr

opEr

Timer Menu

1 tЛЏr

Timer (1 to 8)

Su.a

Source Value A

Su.b

Source Value B

E.t

Elapsed Time

o.u

Output Value

Ctr

opEr

Counter Menu

1

Ctr

Counter (1 to 8)

Cnt

Count

Su.a

Source Value A

Su.b

Source Value B

o.u

Output Value

LgC

opEr

Logic Menu

1

LgC

Logic (1 to 16)

Su.a

Source Value A

Su.b

Source Value B

Su.C

Source Value C

Su.d

Source Value D

Su.E

Source Value E

Su.F

Source Value F

Su.g

Source Value G

Su.h

Source Value H

o.u

Output Value

ЛЏat

opEr

Math Menu

1

ЛЏat

Math (1 to 8)

Su.a

Source Value A

Su.b

Source Value B

Su.C

Source Value C

Su.d

Source Value D

Su.E

Source Value E

ofst

Offset

o.u

Output Value sof

opEr

Special Output Function Menu

1 sof

Special Output Function (1 to 4)

Su.a

Source Value A

Su.b

Source Value B

ou.1

Output Value 1

ou.2

Output Value 2

ou.3

Output Value 3

ou.4

Output Value 4

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character RUI display. Full values can be read with other interfaces. In firmware 9.0 and above, a user may specify ranges greater than may displayed by an RUI. If greater or less than an RUI can display, the display will show Value High uAL.H

or Value Low uAL.L

.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 43 Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RME Module • Operations Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

dio opEr

Digital Input/Output Menu

do.s

do.S

di.s

di.S

Digital Output (1 to

24)

Output State

View the state of this output.

Digital Input (7 to

12)

Input State

View this event input state.

off on

Off (62)

On (63) off

Off (62) on

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

372 432

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

0x6A

(106)

1 to 24

7

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

380 440

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

0x6A

(106)

1 to 24

0xB (11)

28

- - - -

6007

6011 uint

R uint

R

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

No Display

Digital Input (1 to

24)

Source Error

View reported cause for input malfunction.

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error (140)

Bad calibration data (139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

388 448

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x6A

(106)

1 to 24

0x0F

(15)

- - - 6015

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set uint

R

Data

Type and

Access

**

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 44 Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RME Module • Operations Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

aCt opEr

Action Menu

Ei.s

Ei.S

Action (1 to 8)

Event Input Status

View this input state.

off

Off (62) on

On (63)

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1288 2988

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+20

0x6E

(110)

1 to 8

5

74 10005 uint

R

aLЛЏ

opEr

Alarm Menu

a.Lo

A.Lo

Alarm (1 to 8)

Low Set Point

If Type (Setup Page,

Alarm Menu) is set to:

process - set the process value that will trigger a low alarm.

deviation - set the span of units from the set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

32.0°F or units

0.0°C

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1442 3142

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

2

0 9002

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 45 Chapter 3 Operations Page

RME Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

9001 float

RWES a.hi

A.hi

Alarm (1 to 8)

High Set Point

If Type (Setup Page,

Alarm Menu) is set to:

process - set the process value that will trigger a high alarm.

deviation - set the span of units from the set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.

Alarm (1 to 8)

Clear Alarm

Write to this register to clear an alarm

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

300.0°F or units

150.0°C

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1440 3140

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

1

A.CLr

A.CLr

A.sir

A.Sir

Alarm (1 to 8)

Silence Alarm

Write to this register to silence an alarm

0

0

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1464 3164

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1466 3166

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0xD (13)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0xE (14)

14

15

9013 uint

W

9014 uint

W

A.st

A.St

Alarm (1 to 8)

Alarm State

Current state of alarm

Startup (88)

None (61)

Blocked (12)

Alarm low (8)

Alarm high (7)

Error (28)

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1456 3156

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

9

- - - 9009

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set uint

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 46 Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

No Display

No Display

No Display

Parameter Name

Description

Alarm (1 to 8)

Alarm Clearable

Read to see if alarm can be cleared.

RME Module • Operations Page

Range

no

No (59) yEs

Yes (106)

Alarm (1 to 8)

Silenced

Read to see if alarm is active but has been silenced by

Silence Alarm.

Yes (106)

No (59)

Alarm (1 to 8)

Latched

Read to see if alarm is currently latched.

Yes (106)

No (59)

Default

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1462 3162

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1460 3160

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1458 3158

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0xC (12)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 4

0x0B

(11)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 4

0x0A

(10)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 9012 uint

R

- - - -

- - - -

9011

9010 uint

R uint

R

CUrr

opEr

Current Menu

C.hi

C.hi

Current (1 to 16)

High Set Point

Set the current value that will trigger a high heater error state.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000

50.0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1094 1394

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

8

- - - 15008 float

RWES

C.Lo

C.Lo

Current (1 to 16)

Low Set Point

Set the current value that will trigger a low heater error state.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000

0.0

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1096 1396

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

9

- - - 15009 float

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 47 Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

Ld.Cu

Ld.Cu

Parameter Name

Description

Current (1 to 16)

Current

The measured current value with scaling and offset applied when associated output is on.

RME Module • Operations Page

Range

0 to 9,999.00

Default

- - - -

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1092 1392

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

7

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 15007 float

R

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000

- - - -

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1080 1380

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

1

- - - 15001 float

R

No Display

C.Er

C.Er

Current (1 to 16)

Sample and Hold

Current

Samples and holds the last valid current reading, this transmitter will reset on a controller power cycle.

Current (1 to 4)

Current Error

View the cause of the most recent load fault.

nonE

None (61)

Shrt

Shorted

(127) opEn

Open (65)

- - - -

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1082 1382

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

2

- - - 15002 uint

R h.Er

h.Er

Current (1 to 16)

Heater Error

View the cause of the most recent load fault monitored by the current transformer.

nonE high

LoФІ

None (61)

High (37)

Low (53)

- - - -

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1084 1384

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

3

- - - 15003 uint

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 48 Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

No Display

No Display

Parameter Name

Description

Current (1 to 16)

Actual Power

Power delivered to output monitored by CT.

Current (1 to 16)

Error Status

View the cause of the most recent load fault

RME Module • Operations Page

Range

0.0 to 100.0%

Default

- - - -

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1118 1418

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

0x14

(20)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 15020 float

R

None (61)

Fail (32)

- - - -

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1120 1420

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

21

- - - 15021 uint

R

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

Lnr

opEr

Linearization Menu

Su.a

Su.A

ofst oFSt

Linearization (1 to

8)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Linearization (1 to

8)

Offset

Set an offset to be applied to this function's output.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - -

0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5546 6526

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5550 6530

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

4

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

6

- - - 34004 float

R

- - - 34006 float

RWES o.u

o.v

Linearization (1 to

8)

Output Value

View the value of this function's output.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5552 6532

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

7

- - - 34007 float

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 49 Chapter 3 Operations Page

RME Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x1C

(28)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 34028 uint

R

No Display

Linearization (1 to

8)

Error

View reported cause for Linearization output malfunction.

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error (140)

Bad calibration data (139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Can't process

(1659)

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5594 6574

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

CpE

opEr

Compare Menu

Su.a

Su.A

Su.b

Su.b

Compare (1 to 8)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Compare (1 to 8)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3992 5492

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3994 5494

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x80

(128)

1 to 8

7

0x80

(128)

1 to 8

8

- - - 28007 float

R

- - - 28008 float

R o.u

o.v

Compare (1 to 8)

Output Value

View the value of this function's output.

off on

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3998 5498

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x80

(128)

1 to 8

0xA (10)

- - - 28010 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 50 Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

No Display

Parameter Name

Description

Compare (1 to 8)

Error

Read reported cause for compare error

RME Module • Operations Page

Range

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error (140)

Bad Cal Data

(139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Default

- - - -

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4004 5504

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x80

(128)

1 to 8

0x0D

(13)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 28013 uint

R

tЛЏr

opEr

Timer Menu

Su.a

Su.A

Su.b

Su.b

Timer (1 to 8)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Timer (1 to 8)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

off

Off (62) on

On (63) off

Off (62) on

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4952 6132

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4954 6134

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

7

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

8

- - - 31007 uint

R

- - - 31008 uint

R

E.t

E.t

o.u

o.v

Timer (1 to 8)

Elapsed Time

View the value of this function's elapsed time.

Timer (1 to 8)

Output Value

View the value of this function's output.

0 to 9,999.000 seconds off on

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4970 6150

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4958 6138

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

0x10

(16)

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

0xA (10)

- - - -

- - - -

31016 float

R

31010 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 51 Chapter 3 Operations Page

RME Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

0x12

(18)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 31018 uint

R

No Display

Timer (1 to 8)

Error

Read reported cause for timer error

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error (140)

Bad Cal Data

(139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4974 6154

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

Ctr

opEr

Counter Menu

Cnt

Cnt

Su.a

Su.A

Counter (1 to 8)

Count

View the function's total count.

Counter (1 to 8)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

0 to 9,999 off

Off (62) on

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4488 5828

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4472 5812

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

0xF (15)

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

7

217 30015 uint

R

- - - 30007 uint

R

Su.b

Su.b

o.u

o.v

Counter (1 to 8)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

Counter (1 to 8)

Output Value

View the value of this function's output.

off on

On (63) off on

Off (62)

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4474 5814

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4478 5818

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

8

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

0xA (10)

- - - -

- - - -

30008 uint

R

30010 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 52 Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

No Display

Parameter Name

Description

Counter (1 to 8)

Error

Read reported cause for counter error

RME Module • Operations Page

Range

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error (140)

Bad Cal Data

(139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Default

- - - -

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4490 5830

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

0x10

(16)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 30016 uint

R

LgC

opEr

Logic Menu

Su.a

Su.A

Su.b

Su.b

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

off

Off (62) on

On (63) off

Off (62) on

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3068 4248

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3070 4250

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x19

(25)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x1A

(26)

- - - 27025 uint

R

- - - 27026 uint

R

Su.C

Su.C

Su.d

Su.d

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Value C

View the value of

Source C.

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Value D

View the value of

Source D.

off on

On (63) off on

Off (62)

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3072 4252

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3074 4254

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x1B

(27)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x1C

(28)

- - - -

- - - -

27027 uint

R

27028 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 53 Chapter 3 Operations Page

RME Module • Operations Page

Display

Su.E

Su.E

Su.f

Su.F

Su.g

Su.g

Su.h

Su.h

o.u

o.v

Parameter Name

Description

off on on

Range

Off (62)

On (63) off on off on

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63) off

On (63) off on

Off (62)

Off (62)

Off (62)

On (63)

Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x1D

(29)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 27029 uint

R

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Value E

View the value of

Source E.

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Value F

View the value of

Source F.

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Value G

View the value of

Source G.

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Value H

View the value of

Source H.

Logic (1 to 16)

Output Value

View the value of this function's output.

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3076 4256

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3078 4258

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3080 4260

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3082 4262

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3086 4266

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x1E

(30)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x1F

(31)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x20

(32)

7F (127)

1 to 16

0x22

(34)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

27030 uint

R

27031 uint

R

27032 uint

R

27034 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 54 Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

No Display

Parameter Name

Description

Logic (1 to 16)

Error

Read reported cause for logic error

RME Module • Operations Page

Range

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error (140)

Bad Cal Data

(139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Default

- - - -

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3090 4270

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x24

(36)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 27036 uint

R

ЛЏat

opEr

Math Menu

Su.a

Su.A

Su.b

Su.b

Su.C

Su.C

Su.d

Su.d

Math (1 to 8)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Math (1 to 8)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

Math (1 to 8)

Source Value C

View the value of

Source C.

Math (1 to 8)

Source Value D

View the value of

Source D.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2210 3670

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2212 3672

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2214 3674

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2216 3676

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x10

(16)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x11

(17)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x12

(18)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x13

(19)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

25016 float

R

25017 float

R

25018 float

R

25019 float

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 55 Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

Su.E

Su.E

ofst oFSt o.u

o.v

No Display

Parameter Name

Description

Math (1 to 8)

Source Value E

View the value of

Source E.

Math (1 to 8)

Offset

Set an offset to be applied to this function's output.

Math (1 to 8)

Output Value

View the value of this function's output.

Math (1 to 8)

Error

Read reported cause for logic error off on

RME Module • Operations Page

Range

Off (62)

On (63)

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error (140)

Bad Cal Data

(139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Default

- - - -

0

- - - -

- - - -

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2218 3678

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2224 3684

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2222 3682

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2236 3696

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x14

(20)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x17

(23)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x16

(22)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x1D

(29)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 25020 uint

R

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

25023 float

RWES

25022 float

R

25029 uint

R

Sof

opEr

Special Output Function Menu

Su.a

Su.A

Special Output

Function (1 to 4)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6632 7412

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

7

- - - 35007 float

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 56 Chapter 3 Operations Page

RME Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

8

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 35008 float

R

Su.b

Su.b

o.u1

o.v1

Special Output

Function (1 to 4)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

Special Output

Function (1 to 4)

Output Value 1

View the value of this function's Output 1.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6634 7414

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6638 7418

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0xA (10)

- - - 35010 float

R

No Display o.u2

o.v2

Special Output

Function (1 to 4)

Error 1

View reported cause for output malfunction.

Special Output

Function (1 to 4)

Output Value 2

View the value of this function's Output 2.

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error (140)

Bad calibration data (139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Can't process

(1659)

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6640 7420

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6642 7422

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x0B

(11)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0xC (12)

- - - -

- - - -

35011 uint

R

35012 float

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 57 Chapter 3 Operations Page

RME Module • Operations Page

Display

o.u3

o.v3

o.u4

o.v4

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x0D

(13)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access

**

- - - 35013 uint

R

No Display

Special Output

Function (1 to 4)

Error 2

View reported cause for output malfunction.

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error (140)

Bad calibration data (139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Can't process

(1659)

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6644 7424

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

No Display

Special Output

Function (1 to 4)

Output Value 3

View the value of this function's Output 3.

Special Output

Function (1 to 4)

Error 3

View reported cause for output malfunction.

Special Output

Function (1 to 4)

Output Value 4

View the value of this function's Output 4.

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error (140)

Bad calibration data (139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Can't process

(1659)

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6646 7426

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6648 7428

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6650 7430

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0xE (14)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x0F

(15)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x10

(16)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

35014 float

R

35015 uint

R

35016 float

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

R

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 58 Chapter 3 Operations Page

RME Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

No Display

Special Output

Function (1 to 4)

Error 4

View reported cause for output malfunction.

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error (140)

Bad calibration data (139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Can't process

(1659)

- - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6652 7432

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x11

(17)

- - - 35017 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

R

Data

Type and

Access

**

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 59 Chapter 3 Operations Page

4

Chapter 4: Setup Pages

RME Setup Page Parameters

To navigate to the Setup Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:

1. From the Home Page, press and hold both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for six seconds. What appears in the upper display is dependent on ordering options and lower display.

SEt

will appear in the

Note:

If keys are released when and repeat until

opEr

is displayed, press the Infinity Key

ˆ or reset key to exit

SEt

is displayed.

2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.

3. Press the Advance Key

to enter the menu of choice.

4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and then press the Advance Key

to enter.

5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.

6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu, submenu to menu, menu to Home Page.

7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.

On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.

Note:

Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.

Note:

Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part number.

dio sEt

Digital Input/Output

Menu

1

dio

Digital Input/Output (1 to 24)

dir

Direction

fn

Function

fi

Output Function In- stance

sz.a

Output Source Zone

A

o.Ct

Time Base Type

o.tb

Fixed Time Base

o.Lo

Low Power Scale

o.hi

High Power Scale

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module aCt sEt

Action Menu

1

aCt

Action (1 to 8)

fn

Function

fi

Function Instance sfn.a

Source Function A

si.a

Source Instance A

sz.a

Source Zone A

LEv

Active Level otpt sEt

Output Menu

1 otpt

Output (1 to 4, 7 to

9, 13 to 16, 19 to

21)

60

Fn

Function

Fi

Output Function In- stance

S2.A

Output Source Zone

A o.Ct

Time Base Type

o.tb

Fixed Time Base

o.Lo

Low Power Scale

o.hi

High Power Scale otpt

Output

(

1-3, 7-9,

13-15, 19-21 pro- cess)

o.ty

Output Type

Fn

Function

Fi

Output Function In- stance

S2.A

Source Zone A

Chapter 4 Setup Page

s.Lo

Scale Low

s.hi

Scale High

r.Lo

Range Low

c.hi

Range High

o.Ca

Calibration Offset aLЛЏ sEt

Alarm Menu

1 aLЛЏ

Alarm (1 to 8)

a ty

Type

sr a

Alarm Source

is a

Alarm Source In- stance

sz a

Alarm Source Zone

a hy

Hysteresis

a Lg

Logic

a sd

Sides

a.Lo

Low Set Point *

a hi

High Set Point *

a La

Latching

a bL

Blocking

a si

Silencing

a dsp

Display

a dL

Delay Time

a CLr

Clear Alarm *

a.sir

Silence Alarm *

a st

Alarm State *

CUrr sEt

Current Menu

1

CUrr

Current (1 to 16)

C.sd

Sides

C.Ur

Indicate Reading

C.dt

Detection Thresh- old

C.sC

Input Scaling

C.ofs

Heater Offset

C.si

Monitored Output

Erяя

Monitored Zone

Lnr sEt

Linearization Menu

1

Lnr

Linearization (1 to 8)

fn

Function

sfn.a

Source Function A

Si.a

Source Instance A

sz.a

Source Zone A

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module

Unit

Units

ip.1

Input Point 1

op.1

Output Point 1

ip.2

Input Point 2

op.2

Output Point 2

ip.3

Input Point 3

op.3

Output Point 3

ip.4

Input Point 4

op.4

Output Point 4

ip.5

Input Point 5

op.5

Output Point 5

ip.6

Input Point 6

op.6

Output Point 6

ip.7

Input Point 7

op.7

Output Point 7

ip.8

Input Point 8

op.8

Output Point 8

ip.q

Input Point 9

op.q

Output Point 9

ip.10

Input Point 10

op.10

Output Point 10

CpE sEt

Compare Menu

Fn

CpE

Compare (1 to 8)

1

Function

toL

Tolerance

Sfn.a

Source Function A

Si.a

Source Instance A

Sz.a

Source Zone A

Sfn.b

Source Function B

Si.b

Source Instance B

Sz.b

Source Zone B

Er.h

Error Handling tЛЏr sEt

Timer Menu

1

tЛЏr

Timer (1 to 8)

fn

Function

Sfn.a

Source Function A

Si.a

Source Instance A

Sz.a

Source Zone A

sas.a

Run Active Level

Sfn.b

Source Function B

Si.b

Source Instance B

Sz.b

Source Zone B

61

sas.b

Reset Active Level

ti

Time

LEv

Transmitter Active

Level

Ctr sEt Counter Menu

1

Ctr

Counter (1 to 8)

fn

Function

Sfn.a

Source Function A

Si.a

Source Instance A

Sz.a

Source Zone A

sas.a

Count Active Level

Sfn.b

Source Function B

Si.b

Source Instance B

Sz.b

Source Zone B

sas.b

Reset Active Level

Load

Load Value

trgt

Target Value

Lat

Latching

LgC sEt

Logic Menu

1

LgC

Logic (1 to 16)

fn

Function

Sfn.a

Source Function A

Si.a

Source Instance A

Sz.a

Source Zone A

Sfn.b

Source Function B

Si.b

Source Instance B

Sz.b

Source Zone B

Sfn.C

Source Function C

Si.C

Source Instance C

Sz.C

Source Zone C

Sfn.d

Source Function D

Si.d

Source Instance D

Sz.d

Source Zone D

Sfn.E

Source Function E

Si.E

Source Instance E

Sz.E

Source Zone E

Sfn.f

Source Function F

Si.f

Source Instance F

Sz.f

Source Zone F

Sfn.g

Source Function G

Si.g

Source Instance G

Sz.g

Source Zone G

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Sfn.h

Source Function H

Si.h

Source Instance H

Sz.H

Source Zone H

Er.h

Error Handling

ЛЏat sEt

Math Menu

1

ЛЏat

Math (1 to 8)

fn

Function

Sfn.a

Source Function A

Si.a

Source Instance A

Sz.a

Source Zone A

Sfn.b

Source Function B

Si.b

Source Instance B

Sz.b

Source Zone B

Sfn.C

Source Function C

Si.C

Source Instance C

Sz.C

Source Zone C

Sfn.d

Source Function D

Si.d

Source Instance D

Sz.d

Source Zone D

Sfn.E

Source Function E

Si.E

Source Instance E

Sz.E

Source Zone E

s.Lo

Scale Low

S.hi

Scale High

Unit

Units

r.Lo

Range Low

r.hi

Range High

p.unt

Pressure Units a.unt

Altitude Units

fiL

Filter sof sEt

Special Output Function

Menu

1

sof

Special Output Function (1 to 4)

fn

Function

Sfn.a

Source Function A

Si.a

Source Instance A

Sz.a

Source Zone A

Sfn.b

Source Function B

Si.b

Source Instance B

Sz.b

Source Zone B

pon.a

Input A Turn On

pof.a

Input A Turn Off

pon.b

Input B Turn On

pof.b

Input B Turn Off

on.t

Minimum On Time

of.t

Minimum Off Time

t.t

Valve Travel Time

db

Dead Band

os.1

Output 1 Size

os.2

Output 2 Size

os.3

Output 3 Size

os.4

Output 4 Size

t.dL

Time Delay

ot.L

Output Order var sEt

Variable Menu

1

var

Variable (1 to 16)

typE

Data Type

Unit

Units

dig

Digital

anLg

Analog gLbL sEt

Global Menu

gLbL

Global

C_f

Display Units

aC.Lf

AC Line Frequency

ЛЏaK

Maximum

ЛЏin

Minimum

d.prs

Display Pairs

Usr.s

Save Settings As

Usr.r

Restore Settings

From

COЛЏ sEt

Communications Menu

COЛЏ

Communications

baUd

Baud Rate

par

Parity

ЛЏ.hL

Modbus Word Order

C_f Display Units

ЛЏap

Data Map nu.s

Non-Volatile Save

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 62 Chapter 4 Setup Page

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character RUI display. Full values can be read with other interfaces. In firmware 9.0 and above, a user may specify ranges greater than may displayed by an RUI. If greater or less than an RUI can display, the display will show Value High uAL.H

or Value Low uAL.L

.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

dio sEt

Digital Input/Output Menu

dir

dir

Digital Input/

Output (1 to 24)

Direction

Set this function to operate as an input or output.

Otpt Output (68)

in

Input Voltage (193) iCon Input Dry Contact

(44)

Output

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

360 420

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

0x6A

(106)

1 to 24

1

82 6001 uint

RWES

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 63 Chapter 4 Setup Page

fn

Fn

Digital Output (1 to 24)

Function

Select what function will drive this output.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

off Off (62) ai Analog Input (142) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

C.pr

Cool Power (161) h.pr

Heat Power (160)

CpE Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event

Out C (235)

Ent .d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LgC Logic (239)

Lnr Linearization (238)

ЛЏat Math (240) pu Process Value (241) sof.1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532) sof.2

Special Function

Output 2 (1533) sof.3

Special Function

Output 3 (1534) sof.4

Special Function

Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr Timer (244) var Variable (245)

h.Er

Heater Error (184)

Default

Off

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

368 428

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

0x 6A

(106)

1 to 24

5

83

Profibus

Index

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

6005 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 64 Chapter 4 Setup Page

fi

Fi

Digital Output (1 to 24)

Output Function

Instance

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

1

Default

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

370 430

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

0x6A

(106)

1 to 24

6

84

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

6006 uint

RWES

sz.a

SZ.A

Digital Output (1 to 24)

Output Source

Zone

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 24 0

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

382 442

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

0x6A

(106)

1 to 24

0xC (12)

- - - 6012 uint

RWES

o.Ct

o.Ct

Digital Output (1 to 24)

Time Base Type

Set the output control type.

This parameter is only used with

PID control, but can be set anytime.

ftb Fixed Time Base

(34) vtb Variable Time Base

(103)

Fixed

Time

Base

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

362 422

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

0x6A

(106)

1 to 24

2

85 6002 uint

RWES

o.tb

o.tb

Digital Output (1 to 24)

Fixed Time Base

Set the time base for fixedtime-base control.

0.1 to 60.0 seconds 1.0

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

364 424

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

0x6A

(106)

1 to 24

3

86 6003

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 65 Chapter 4 Setup Page

o.Lo

o.Lo

o.hi

o.hi

Digital Output (1 to 24)

Low Power

Scale

The power output will never be less than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling begins.

0.0 to 100.0

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

0.0

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

376 436

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

0x6A

(106)

1 to 24

9

87

Profibus

Index

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Digital Output (1 to 24)

High Power

Scale

The power output will never be greater than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling stops.

0.0 to 100.0

100.0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

378 438

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x6A

(106)

1 to 24

A (10)

88

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

6009 float

RWES

6010 float

RWES

aCt sEt

Action Menu

fn

Fn

Action (1 to 8)

Action Function

Set the action that will be triggered by this function.

nonE None (61)

Usr.r

User Set Restore

(227) aLЛЏ Alarm (6) siL Silence Alarms

(108) aof Control Loops Off and Alarms to Non-alarm

State (220) f.aL

Force Alarm to

Occur (218)

None

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1284 2984

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+20

0x6E

(110)

1 to 8

3

138 10003 uint

RWES

fi

Fi

Action (1 to 8)

Function Instance

Set the instance of the function selected above.

0 to 25 0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1286 2986

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+20

0x6E

(110)

1 to 8

4

139 10004 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 66 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sfn.a

SFn.A

si.a

Si.A

sz.a

SZ.A

Action (1 to 8)

Source Function A

Set the event or function that will trigger the action.

Action (1 to 8)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

nonE None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LiЛЏ Limit (126)

LgC Logic (239) tЛЏr Timer (244) var Variable (245)

h.Er

Heater Error (184)

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1290 2990

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+20

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6E

(110)

1 to 8

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 10006 uint

RWES

Action (1 to 8)

Source Instance

A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250

0 to 24

1

0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1282 2982

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+20

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1292 2992

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+20

0x6E

(110)

1 to 8

2

0x6E

(110)

1 to 8

7

- - - 10002 uint

RWES

- - - 10007 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 67 Chapter 4 Setup Page

LEv

LEv

Action (1 to 8)

Active Level

Set the action that will be considered a true state.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

LoФІ Low (53) high High (37)

Default

High

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1280 2980

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+20

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

137 0x6E

(110)

1 to 8

1

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

10001 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 68 Chapter 4 Setup Page

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

otpt sEt

Output Menu

fn

Fn

Output Digital (1 to 24)

Function

Select what function will drive this output.

off Off (62) ai Analog Input (142) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

C.pr

Cool Power (161) h.pr

Heat Power (160)

CpE Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LgC Logic (239)

Lnr Linearization (238)

ЛЏat Math (240) pu Process Value (241) sof.1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532) sof.2

Special Function

Output 2 (1533) sof.3

Special Function

Output 3 (1534) sof.4

Special Function

Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr Timer (244) var Variable (245)

h.Er

Heater Error (184) off

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

368 428

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x6A

(106)

1 to (24)

5

- - - 6005 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 69 Chapter 4 Setup Page

fi

Fi

SZ.a

SZ.A

o.Ct

o.Ct

o.tb

o.tb

RME Module • Setup Page

Output Digital (1 to 24)

Output Function

Instance

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250

Range

1

Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

370 430

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

0x6A

(106)

1 to (24)

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 6006 uint

RWES

Output Digital (1 to 24)

Output Source

Zone

Set the instance of the function selected above.

0 to 24 0

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

382 442

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

Output Digital (1 to 24)

Time Base Type

Set the output control type.

This parameter is only used with

PID control, but can be set anytime.

ftb Fixed Time Base

(34) vtb Variable Time Base

(103)

Fixed

Time

Base

Output Digital (1 to 24)

Fixed Time Base

Set the time base for fixedtime-base control.

0.1 to 60.0 seconds

(solid-state relay or switched dc)

5.0 to 60.0 seconds (mechanical relay or NO-

ARC power control)

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

362 422

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

1.0 sec.

[SSR & sw dc]

20.0 sec.

[mech, relay,

NO-ARC]

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

364 424

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x6A

(106)

1 to 8

0xC (12)

0x6A

(106)

1 to 8

2

0x6A

(106)

1 to 8

3

- - - 6012 uint

RWES

- - - 6002 uint

RWES

- - - 6003 float

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 70 Chapter 4 Setup Page

o.Lo

o.Lo

o.hi

o.hi

o.ty

o.ty

Output Digital (1 to 24)

Low Power

Scale

The power output will never be less than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling begins.

0.0 to 100.0%

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

0.0%

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

376 436

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6A

(106)

1 to 8

9

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 6009 float

RWES

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Output Digital (1 to 24)

High Power

Scale

The power output will never be greater than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling stops.

0.0 to 100.0% 100.0%

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

378 438

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+30

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x6A

(106)

1 to 8

0xA (10)

- - - 6010 float

RWES

Output Process

(1 to 3, 7 to 9,

13 to 15, 19 to

21)

Output Type *

Select whether the process output will operate in volts or milliamps.

voLt Volts (104)

ЛЏa Milliamps (112)

Volts

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6990 7820

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9,

13-15,

19-21

1

95 18001 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 71 Chapter 4 Setup Page

fn

Fn

fi

Fi

SZ.A

SZ.A

Output Process

(1 to 3, 7 to 9,

13 to 15, 19 to

21)

Function

Set the type of function that will drive this output.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

off Off (62) ai Analog Input (142)

CUrr Current (22)

C.pr

Cool Power (161) h.pr

Heat Power (160) pФІr Power (73)

Lnr Linearization (238)

ЛЏat Math (240) pu Process Value (241) sp.C

Set Point Closed

(242) sp.o

Set Point Open

(243) sof.1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532) sof.2

Special Function

Output 2 (1533) sof.3

Special Function

Output 3 (1534) sof.4

Special Function

Output 4 (1535) var Variable (245)

ФІat Wattage (1697)

Ld.Uo

Load Voltage

(1698)

Ld.r

Load Resistance

(1183)

Default

Off

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6992 7822

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9,

13-15,

19-21

2

96

Profibus

Index

Output Process

(1 to 3, 7 to 9,

13 to 15, 19 to

21)

Output Function

Instance*

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6996 7826

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

18002 uint

RWES

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9,

13-15,

19-21

4

- - - 18004 uint

RWES

Output Process

(1 to 3, 7 to 9,

13 to 15, 19 to

21)

Source Zone A *

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 24 0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

7026 7856

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

00x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9,

13-15,

19-21

0x13 (19)

- - - 18019 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 72 Chapter 4 Setup Page

s.Lo

S.Lo

S.hi

S.hi

r.Lo

r.Lo

Output Process

(1 to 3, 7 to 9,

13 to 15, 19 to

21)

Scale Low*

Set the scale low for process output in electrical units. This value, in volts or milliamps, will correspond to

0% PID power output or the range low value.

-100.0 to 100.0

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

0.00

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

7006 7836

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

00x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9,

13-15,

19-21

9

- - - -

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

18009 float

RWES

Output Process

(1 to 3, 7 to 9,

13 to 15, 19 to

21)

Scale High*

Set the scale high for process output in electrical units. This value, in volts or milliamps, will correspond to 0%

PID power output or the range high value.

-100.0 to 100.0

10.00

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

7008 7838

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9,

13-15,

19-21

0xA (10)

- - - 18010 float

RWES

Output Process

(1 to 3, 7 to 9,

13 to 15, 19 to

21)

Range Low*

Use to set the minimum value in process units.

This will correspond with the

Scale Low value.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

0.0°F or units

-18°C

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

7010 7840

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9,

13-15,

19-21

0xB (11)

- - - 18011 float

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 73 Chapter 4 Setup Page

r.hi

r.hi

o.Ca

o.CA

Output Process

(1 to 3, 7 to 9,

13 to 15, 19 to

21)

Range High*

Use to set the maximum value in process units.

This will correspond with the

Scale High value.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

Default

100 F or units

38 C

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

7012 7842

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9,

13-15,

19-21

0xC (12)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 18012 float

RWES

Output Process

(1 to 3, 7 to 9,

13 to 15, 19 to

21)

Calibration Offset*

Set an offset value for a process output.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,110.555 to

5,555.000°C

0.0°F or units

0.0°C

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

7002 7832

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x76

(118)

1-3, 7-9,

13-15,

19-21

7

- - - 18007 float

RWES

aLЛЏ sEt

Alarm Menu

a.ty

A.ty

sr.a

Sr.A

Alarm (1 to 8)

Type

Select whether the alarm trigger is a fixed value or will track the set point.

Alarm (1 to 8)

Alarm Source

Select what will trigger this alarm.

off pr.aL

(76)

Off (62)

Process Alarm nonE None (61) ai Analog Input (142) pФІr PID Power (73)

Lnr Linearization (238)

ЛЏat Math (240) pu Process Value (241) var Variable (245)

CUrr Current (22)

Cu.r

Current Read is

Sample Hold (179)

ФІat Wattage (1697)

Ld.Uo

Load Voltage

(1698)

Ld.r

Load Resistance

(1183)

Off

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1468 3168

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

Analog

Input

Firmware

Revision

9 and above =

None

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1472 3172

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0xF (15)

2

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0x11 (17)

3

9015 uint

RWES

9017 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 74 Chapter 4 Setup Page

is.a

iS.A

sz.a

SZ.A

a.hy

A.hy

Alarm (1 to 8)

Alarm Source

Instance

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Alarm (1 to 8)

Alarm Source

Zone

Set the zone of the function selected above.

1 or 250

0 to 24

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

Alarm (1 to 8)

Hysteresis

Set the hysteresis for an alarm.

This determines how far into the safe region the process value needs to move before the alarm can be cleared.

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

1

0

Default

1.0°F or units

1.0°C

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1474 3174

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1488 3188

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1444 3144

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0x12 (18)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0x19 (25)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

3

4

- - - -

6

Parameter

ID

9018

9025

9003

Data

Type and

Access **

uint

RWES uint

RWES float

RWES

a.Lg

A.Lg

a.sd

A.Sd

Alarm (1 to 8)

Logic

Select what the output condition will be during the alarm state.

Alarm (1 to 8)

Sides

Select which side or sides will trigger this alarm.

aL.C

Close On Alarm

(17)

AL.o

Open On Alarm

(66) both Both (13) high High (37)

LoФІ Low (53)

Close On

Alarm

Both

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1448 3148

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1446 3146

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

5

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

4

7

8

9005

9004

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set uint

RWES uint

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 75 Chapter 4 Setup Page

a.Lo

A.Lo

a.hi

A.hi

a.La

A.LA

Alarm (1 to 8)

Low Set Point *

If Alarm Type

(Setup Page,

Alarm Menu) is set to:

process - set the process value that will trigger a low alarm.

deviation - set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.

Alarm (1 to 8)

High Set Point *

If Alarm Type

(Setup Page,

Alarm Menu) is set to:

process - set the process value that will trigger a high alarm.

Alarm (1 to 8)

Latching

Turn alarm latching on or off. A latched alarm has to be turned off by the user.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to

5,537.000°C

Default

32.0°F or units

0.0°C

300.0°F or units

150.0°C nLat Non-Latching (60)

Lat Latching (49)

Non-

Latching

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1442 3142

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

2

0

Profibus

Index

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1440 3140

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1452 3152

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

1

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

7

1

9

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

9002 float

RWES

9001 float

RWES

9007 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 76 Chapter 4 Setup Page

a.bL

A.bL

a.si

A.Si

a.dsp

A.dSP

a.dL

A.dL

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

Alarm (1 to 8)

Blocking

Select when an alarm will be blocked. After startup and/ or after the set point changes, the alarm will be blocked until the process value enters the normal range.

off Off (62) str Startup (88) stpt both

Set Point (85)

Both (13)

Default

Off

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1454 3154

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

8

10

Alarm (1 to 8)

Silencing

Turn alarm silencing on to allow the user to disable this alarm.

off Off (62) on On (63)

Alarm (1 to 8)

Display

Display an alarm message when an alarm is active.

off Off (62) on On (63)

Alarm (1 to 8)

Delay Time

Set the span of time that the alarm will be delayed after the process value exceeds the alarm set point.

0 to 9,999 seconds

Off

On

0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1450 3150

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1470 3170

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1480 3180

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

6

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0x10 (16)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0x15 (21)

11

12

13

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

9008 uint

RWES

9006 uint

RWES

9016 uint

RWES

9021 uint

RWES

a.CLr

A.CLr

Alarm (1 to 8)

Clear Alarm *

Write to this register to clear an alarm

0 - - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1462 3162

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0xD (13)

14 9013 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

W

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 77 Chapter 4 Setup Page

a.sir

A.Sir

a.st

A.St

Alarm (1 to 8)

Silence Alarm *

Write to this register to silence an alarm

Alarm (1 to 8)

Alarm State *

Current state of alarm

0

Startup (88)

None (61)

Blocked (12)

Alarm low (8)

Alarm high (7)

Error (28)

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

- - - -

- - - -

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1466 3166

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0xE (14)

Profibus

Index

15

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

9014 uint

W

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1456 3156

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

9

- - - 9009 uint

R

Note:

For further description and usage tips see the

CT Application Note in this User's Guide.

CUrr sEt

Current Menu

C.sd

C.Sd

Current (1 to 16)

Sides

Use Current

Sides to select which side of the current to monitor.

off Off (62) high loФІ

High (37)

Low (53) both Both (13) off

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1088 1388

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

5

145 15005 uint

RWES

C.Ur

C.Ur

Current (1 to 16)

Indicate Reading

Use Indicate

Reading to display solid-state relay (SSR) failure and heater failure messages on the RUI (remote user interface).

no No (59) yEs Yes (106) no

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1086 1386

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

4

146 15004 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 78 Chapter 4 Setup Page

C.dt

C.dt

Current (1 to 16)

Detection

Threshold

Current Detection Threshold is for factory use only.

3 to 59

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

9

Default

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1102 1402

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

0xC (12)

147

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

15012 uint

RWES

C.sC

C.SC

Current (1 to 16)

Input Scaling

Use Input Scaling to adjust scaling to match the transformer's high range, in amperes.

0 to 9,999.000

50.0

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1122 1422

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

0x16 (22)

148 15022 float

RWES

C.ofs

C.oFS

Current (1 to 16)

Heater Offset

Heater Current

Offset is used to calibrate the current reading with an offset value.

-9,999.000 to 9,999.000 0.0

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1100 1400

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

0xB (11)

149 15011 float

RWES

C.si

C.Si

Current (1 to 16)

Monitored Output

With Monitored

Output, set the output on which the current will be monitored.

1 to 250 1

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

1116 1416

Map 1 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

0x13 (19)

150 15019 uint

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 79 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sz

SZ

Current (1 to 16)

Monitored Zone

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 24

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

1

Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

- - - - 1450

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+100

0x73

(115)

1 to 16

0x24 (36)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 15036 uint

RWES

Lnr sEt

Linearization Menu

Fn

Fn

Sfn.a

SFn.A

Linearization (1 to 8)

Function

Set how this function will linearize Source A.

Linearization (1 to 8)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

off Off (62) intr Interpolated

(1482) stpd Stepped (1483)

Off

nonE

None (61)

ai

Analog Input (142)

CUrr

Current (22)

C.pr

Cool Power (161)

h.pr

Heat Power (160)

pФІr

Power (73)

Lnr

Linearization

(238)

ЛЏat

Math (240)

pu

Process Value (241)

sp.C

Set Point Closed

(242)

sp.o

Set Point Open

(243)

var

Variable (245)

None

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5548 6528

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5540 6520

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

5

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

1

- - - 34005 uint

RWES

155 34001 uint

RWES

Si.a

Si.A

Linearization (1 to 8)

Source Instance

A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5542 6522

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

2

- - - 34002 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 80 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sz.a

SZ.A

Unit

Unit

ip.1

ip.1

op.1

op.1

ip.2

ip.2

op.2

op.2

Linearization (1 to 8)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Linearization (1 to 8)

Units

Set the units of the output value.

Linearization (1 to 8)

Input Point 1

Set the value that will be mapped to output 1.

Linearization (1 to 8)

Output Point 1

Set the value that will be mapped to input

1.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 0.0

Linearization (1 to 8)

Input Point 2

Set the value that will be mapped to output 2.

0 to 24

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

src Source (1539) nonE None (61) a.tp

Absolute Temperature (1540) r.tp

Relative Temperature (1541) pФІr Power (73) pro Process (75) rh Relative Humidity

(1538)

0

Default

Source

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5544 6524

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

3

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 34003 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5596 6576

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x1D (29)

156 34029 uint

RWES

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 0.0

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 1.0

Linearization (1 to 8)

Output Point 2

Set the value that will be mapped to input

2.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 1.0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5554 6534

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5574 6554

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5556 6536

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5576 6556

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

8

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x12 (18)

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

9

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x13 (19)

157

158

159

160

34008 float

RWES

34018 float

RWES

34009 float

RWES

34019 float

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 81 Chapter 4 Setup Page

ip.3

ip.3

op.3

op.3

ip.4

ip.4

op.4

op.4

ip.5

ip.5

op.5

op.5

Linearization (1 to 8)

Input Point 3

Set the value that will be mapped to output 3.

Linearization (1 to 8)

Output Point 3

Set the value that will be mapped to input

3.

Linearization (1 to 8)

Input Point 4

Set the value that will be mapped to output 4.

Linearization (1 to 8)

Output Point 4

Set the value that will be mapped to input

4.

Linearization (1 to 8)

Input Point 5

Set the value that will be mapped to output 5.

Linearization (1 to 8)

Output Point 5

Set the value that will be mapped to input

5.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 2.0

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 2.0

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 3.0

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 3.0

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 4.0

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 4.0

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5558 6538

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0xA (10)

Profibus

Index

161

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5578 6558

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x14 (20)

162

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5560 6540

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0xB (11)

163

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5580 6560

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x15 (21)

164

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5562 6542

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0xC (12)

165

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5582 6562

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x16 (22)

166

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

34010 float

RWES

34020 float

RWES

34011 float

RWES

34021 float

RWES

34012 float

RWES

34022 float

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 82 Chapter 4 Setup Page

ip.6

ip.6

op.6

op.6

ip.7

ip.7

op.7

op.7

ip.8

ip.8

op.8

op.8

Linearization (1 to 8)

Input Point 6

Set the value that will be mapped to output 6.

Linearization (1 to 8)

Output Point 6

Set the value that will be mapped to input

6.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 5.0

Linearization (1 to 8)

Input Point 7

Set the value that will be mapped to output 7.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 5.0

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 6.0

Linearization (1 to 8)

Output Point 7

Set the value that will be mapped to input

7.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 6.0

Linearization (1 to 8)

Input Point 8

Set the value that will be mapped to output 8.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 7.0

Linearization (1 to 8)

Output Point 8

Set the value that will be mapped to input

8.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 7.0

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5564 6544

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0xD (13)

167

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5584 6564

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x17 (23)

168

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5566 6546

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

E (14)

169

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5586 6566

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x18 (24)

170

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5568 6548

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0xF (15)

171

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5588 6568

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x19 (25)

172

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

34013 float

RWES

34023 float

RWES

34014 float

RWES

34024 float

RWES

34015 float

RWES

34025 float

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 83 Chapter 4 Setup Page

ip.q

ip.9

op.q

op.9

ip.10

ip.10

op.10

op.10

Linearization (1 to 8)

Input Point 9

Set the value that will be mapped to output 9.

Linearization (1 to 8)

Output Point 9

Set the value that will be mapped to input

9.

Linearization (1 to 8)

Input Point 10

Set the value that will be mapped to output 10.

Linearization (1 to 8)

Output Point 10

Set the value that will be mapped to input

10.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 8.0

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 8.0

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 9.0

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 9.0

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5570 6550

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x10 (16)

Profibus

Index

173

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5590 6570

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x1A (26)

174

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5572 6552

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x11 (17)

175

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

5592 6572

0x86

(134)

1 to 8

0x1B (27)

176

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

34016 float

RWES

34026 float

RWES

34017 float

RWES

34027 float

RWES

CpE sEt

Compare Menu

fn

Fn

Compare (1 to 8)

Function

Set operator that will be used to compare Source A to

Source B.

off

Off (62) g.t

Greater Than (1435)

L.t

Less Than (1436)

E Equal To (1437) nE

Not Equal To (1438) goE Greater or Equal

(1439)

LoE

Less or Equal

(1440)

Off

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3996 5496

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x80

(128)

1 to 8

9

229 28009 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 84 Chapter 4 Setup Page

toL

toL

sfn.a

SFn.A

Compare (1 to 8)

Tolerance

If the difference between Source

A and Source B is less than this value the two will appear to be equal.

0 to 9,999.000

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

0.1

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4000 5500

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

230 0x80

(128)

1 to 8

0xB (11)

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Compare (1 to 8)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

nonE None (61) ai Analog Input (142)

CUrr Current (22)

C.pr

Cool Power (161) h.pr

Heat Power (160) pФІr Power (73)

Lnr Linearization (238)

ЛЏat Math (240) pu Process Value (241) sp.C

Set Point Closed

(242) sp.o

Set Point Open

(243) var Variable (245)

ФІat Wattage (1697)

Ld.Uo

Load Voltage

(1698)

Ld.r

Load Resistance

(1183)

None

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3980 5480

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x80

(128)

1 to 8

1

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

28011 float

RWES

- - - 28001 uint

RWES

si.a

Si.A

sz.a

SZ.A

Compare (1 to 8)

Source Instance

A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3984 5484

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3988 5488

0x80

(128)

1 to 8

3

- - - 28003 uint

RWES

Compare (1 to 8)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 24 0

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x80

(128)

1 to 8

5

- - - 28005 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 85 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sfn.b

SFn.b

Compare (1 to 8)

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used for this source. This represents the timer reset signal.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

nonE None (61) ai Analog Input (142)

CUrr Current (22)

C.pr

Cool Power (161) h.pr

Heat Power (160) pФІr Power (73)

Lnr Linearization (238)

ЛЏat Math (240) pu Process Value (241) sp.C

Set Point Closed

(242) sp.o

Set Point Open

(243) var Variable (245)

ФІat Wattage (1697)

Ld.Uo

Load Voltage

(1698)

Ld.r

Load Resistance

(1183)

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3982 5482

0x80

(128)

1 to 8

2

Profibus

Index

- - - 28002 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

si.b

Si.b

sz.b

SZ.b

Er.h

Er.h

Compare (1 to 8)

Source Instance

B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250

Compare (1 to 8)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 24

Compare (1 to 8)

Error Handling

Use Error Handling to select the output value and error output state of this function if it receives an error signal from one or more sources and it cannot determine the output value.

t.g

True Good (1476) t.b

True Bad (1477) f.g

False Good (1478) f.b

False Bad (1479)

1

0

False

Bad

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3986 5486

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3990 5490

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4002 5502

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x80

(128)

1 to 8

4

0x80

(128)

1 to 8

6

0x80

(128)

1 to 8

0xC (12)

- - - 28004 uint

RWES

- - - 28006 uint

RWES

- - - 28012 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 86 Chapter 4 Setup Page

tЛЏr sEt

Timer Menu

fn

Fn

Timer (1 to 8)

Function

Set how the timer will function.

off Off (62) on.p

On Pulse (1471) dEL Delay (1472) o.s

One Shot (1473) rEt Retentive (1474)

sfn.a

SFn.A

Timer (1 to 8)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source. This represents the timer run signal.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

Off nonE None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LgC Logic (239) sof.1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532) sof.2

Special Function

Output 2 (1533) sof.3

Special Function

Output 3 (1534) sof.4

Special Function

Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr Timer (244)

h.Er

Heater Error (184) var Variable (245)

None

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4956 6136

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4940 6120

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

9

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

1

223 31009 uint

RWES

- - - 31001 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 87 Chapter 4 Setup Page

si.a

Si.A

sz.a

SZ.A

sas.a

SAS.A

Timer (1 to 8)

Source Instance

A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Timer (1 to 8)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Timer (1 to 8)

Run Active

Level

Set what state will be read as on.

1 to 250

0 to 24

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

high High (37)

LoФІ Low (53)

1

0

Default

High

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4944 6124

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

3

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 31003 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4948 6128

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

5

- - - 31005 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4960 6140

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

0xB (11)

- - - 31011 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 88 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sfn.b

SFn.b

Timer (1 to 8)

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used to reset a retentive timer.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

nonE None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

C.pr

Cool Power (161)

CpE Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LgC Logic (239) sof.1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532) sof.2

Special Function

Output 2 (1533) sof.3

Special Function

Output 3 (1534) sof.4

Special Function

Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr Timer (244)

h.Er

Heater Error (184) var Variable (245)

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4942 6122

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

2

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 31002 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

si.b

Si.b

Timer (1 to 8)

Source Instance

B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4946 6126

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

4

- - - 31004 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 89 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sz.b

SZ.b

sas.b

SAS.b

ti

ti

LEv

LEv

Timer (1 to 8)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Timer (1 to 8)

Reset Active

Level

Set what state will be read as on.

Timer (1 to 8)

Time

Set the time span that will be measured in tenths of a second.

0 to 24

0 to 9,999.000

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

high

High (37)

LoФІ Low (53)

Timer (1 to 8)

Transmitter Active Level

Set which output state will indicate on.

high High (37)

LoФІ Low (53)

0

Default

High

0.1

High

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4950 6130

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 31006 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4962 6142

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

0xC (12)

- - - 31012 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4964 6144

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

0xD (13)

224 31013 float

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4966 6146

0x83

(131)

1 to 8

0xE (14)

- - - 31014 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+50

Ctr sEt

Counter Menu

fn

Fn

Counter (1 to 8)

Function

Set whether the counter increments or decrements the count value.

Decrementing 0 returns 9,999.

Incrementing

9,999 returns 0.

Up

Up (1456) dn Down (1457)

Up

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4476 5816

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

9

- - - 30009 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 90 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sfn.a

SFn.A

Counter (1 to 8)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for the counter clock signal.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

nonE None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250)

fUn

Function Key

(1001)

LgC Logic (239) tЛЏr Timer (244)

h.Er

Heater Error (184) var Variable (245)

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4460 5800

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 30001 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

si.a

Si.A

sz.a

SZ.A

Counter (1 to 8)

Source Instance

A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Counter (1 to 8)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

1 to 250

0 to 24

1

0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4464 5804

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4468 5808

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

3

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

5

- - - -

- - - -

30003 uint

RWES

30005 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 91 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sas.a

SAS.A

sfn.b

SFn.b

si.b

Si.b

Counter (1 to 8)

Count Active

Level

Set what output state will indicate on.

Counter (1 to 8)

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used for the counter load signal.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

both Both (130) high High (37)

LoФІ Low (53) nonE

None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE

Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio

Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LgC

Logic (239) tЛЏr Timer (244)

h.Er

Heater Error (184) var Variable (245)

Default

High

None

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4480 5820

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

0xB (11)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 30011 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4462 5802

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

2

- - - 30002 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Counter (1 to 8)

Source Instance

B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4466 5806

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

4

- - - 30004 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 92 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sz.b

SZ.b

sas.b

SAS.b

Load

LoAd

trgt

trgt

Lat

LAt

Counter (1 to 8)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Counter (1 to 8)

Reset Active

Level

Set what output state will indicate on.

Counter (1 to 8)

Target Value

Set the value that will turn the output value on.

0 to 9,999

Counter (1 to 8)

Latching

Output latched.

0 to 24

Counter (1 to 8)

Load Value

Set the counter's initial value.

0 to 9,999

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

high

High (37)

LoФІ Low (53) both

Both (130) no No (59) yEs Yes (106)

0

Default

High

0

9,999

No

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4486 5826

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4492 5832

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4470 5810

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 30006 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4482 5822

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+40

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4484 5824

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

0x0C (12)

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

(13)

- - - -

215

30012 uint

RWES

30013 uint

RWES

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

0xE (14)

0x82

(130)

1 to 8

0x11 (17)

216

218

30014 uint

RWES

30017 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 93 Chapter 4 Setup Page

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

LgC sEt

Logic Menu

fn

Fn

Logic (1 to 16)

Function

Set the operator that will be used to compare the sources.

off Off (62) and

And (1426) nand Nand (1427) or

Or (1442) nor Nor (1443)

E

Equal To (1437) nE Not Equal To (1438)

Lat

Latch (1444) rs.ff

RS Flip-Flop

(1693)

Off

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3084 4264

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x21 (33)

235 27033 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 94 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sfn.a

SFn.A

si.a

Si.A

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

nonE None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LiЛЏ Limit (126)

LgC Logic (239) sof.1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532) sof.2

Special Function

Output 2 (1533) sof.3

Special Function

Output 3 (1534) sof.4

Special Function

Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr Timer (244)

h.Er

Heater Error (184) var Variable (245)

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3020 4200

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 27001 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Instance

A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3036 4216

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

9

- - - 27009 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 95 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sz.a

SZ.A

sfn.b

SFn.b

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

0 to 24 nonE

None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE

Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio

Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LiЛЏ

Limit (126)

LgC Logic (239) sof.1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532) sof.2

Special Function

Output 2 (1533) sof.3

Special Function

Output 3 (1534) sof.4

Special Function

Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr

Timer (244)

h.Er

Heater Error (184) var

Variable (245)

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

0

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3052 4232

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x11 (17)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 27017 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3022 4202

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

2

- - - 27002 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 96 Chapter 4 Setup Page

si.b

Si.b

sz.b

SZ.b

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Instance

B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above

0 to 24

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

1

0

Default

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3038 4218

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0xA (10)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 27010 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3054 4234

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x12 (18)

- - - 27018 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 97 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sfn.C

SFn.C

si.C

Si.C

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Function C

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

nonE None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LiЛЏ Limit (126)

LgC Logic (239) sof.1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532) sof.2

Special Function

Output 2 (1533) sof.3

Special Function

Output 3 (1534) sof.4

Special Function

Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr Timer (244)

h.Er

Heater Error (184) var Variable (245)

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3024 4204

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

3

Profibus

Index

- - - 27003 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Instance

C

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3040 4220

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0xB (11)

- - - 27011 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 98 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sz.C

SZ.C

sfn.d

SFn.d

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Zone C

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Function D

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

0 to 24 nonE

None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE

Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio

Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LiЛЏ

Limit (126)

LgC Logic (239) sof.1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532) sof.2

Special Function

Output 2 (1533) sof.3

Special Function

Output 3 (1534) sof.4

Special Function

Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr

Timer (244)

h.Er

Heater Error (184) var

Variable (245)

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

0

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3056 4236

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x13 (19)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 27019 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3026 4206

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

4

- - - 27004 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 99 Chapter 4 Setup Page

si.d

Si.d

sz.d

SZ.d

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Instance

D

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Zone D

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 24

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

1

0

Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3042 4222

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0xC (12)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 27012 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3058 4238

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x14 (20)

- - - 27020 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 100 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sfn.E

SFn.E

si.E

Si.E

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Function E

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

nonE None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LiЛЏ Limit (126)

LgC Logic (239) sof.1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532) sof.2

Special Function

Output 2 (1533) sof.3

Special Function

Output 3 (1534) sof.4

Special Function

Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr Timer (244)

h.Er

Heater Error (184) var Variable (245)

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3028 4208

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

5

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 27005 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Instance

E

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3044 4224

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

D (13)

- - - 27013 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 101 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sz.E

SZ.E

sfn.f

SFn.F

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Zone E

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Function F

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

0 to 24 nonE

None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE

Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio

Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LiЛЏ

Limit (126)

LgC Logic (239) sof.1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532) sof.2

Special Function

Output 2 (1533) sof.3

Special Function

Output 3 (1534) sof.4

Special Function

Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr

Timer (244)

h.Er

Heater Error (184) var

Variable (245)

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

0

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3060 4240

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x15 (21)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 27021 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3030 4210

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

6

- - - 27006 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 102 Chapter 4 Setup Page

si.f

Si.F

sz.f

SZ.F

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Instance

F

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Zone F

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 24

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

1

0

Default

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3046 4226

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0xE (14)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 27014 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3062 4242

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x16 (22)

- - - 27022 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 103 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sfn.g

SFn.g

si.g

Si.g

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Function G

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

nonE None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LiЛЏ Limit (126)

LgC Logic (239) sof.1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532) sof.2

Special Function

Output 2 (1533) sof.3

Special Function

Output 3 (1534) sof.4

Special Function

Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr Timer (244)

h.Er

Heater Error (184) var Variable (245)

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3032 4212

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

7

Profibus

Index

- - - 27007 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Instance

G

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3048 4228

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0xF (15)

- - - 27015 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 104 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sz.g

SZ.g

sfn.h

SFn.h

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Zone G

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Function H

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

0 to 24 nonE

None (61) aLЛЏ Alarm (6)

CpE

Compare (230)

Ctr Counter (231) dio

Digital I/O (1142)

Ent.a

Profile Event Out

A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event Out

B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event Out

C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event Out

D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event Out

E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event Out

F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event Out

G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event Out

H (250) fUn Function Key

(1001)

LiЛЏ

Limit (126)

LgC Logic (239) sof.1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532) sof.2

Special Function

Output 2 (1533) sof.3

Special Function

Output 3 (1534) sof.4

Special Function

Output 4 (1535) tЛЏr

Timer (244)

h.Er

Heater Error (184) var

Variable (245)

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

0

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3064 4244

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x17 (23)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 27023 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3034 4214

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

8

- - - 27008 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 105 Chapter 4 Setup Page

si.h

Si.h

sz.h

SZ.h

Er.h

Er.h

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Instance

H

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Logic (1 to 16)

Source Zone H

Set the zone of the function selected above.

1 to 250

0 to 24

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

Logic (1 to 16)

Error Handling

Use to select the output value and error output state of this function if it receives an error signal from one or more sources and it cannot determine the output value.

t.g

True Good (1476) t.b

True Bad (1477) f.g

False Good (1478) f.b

False Bad (1479)

1

0

Default

False

Bad

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3050 4230

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x10 (16)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 27016 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3066 4246

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x18 (24)

- - - 27024 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

3088 4268

0x7F

(127)

1 to 16

0x23 (35)

- - - 27035 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 106 Chapter 4 Setup Page

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

ЛЏat sEt

Math Menu

fn

Fn

sfn.a

SFn.A

Math (1 to 8)

Function

Set the operator that will be applied to the sources.

Math (1 to 8)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

off

Off (62)

avg

Average (1367)

p.sC

Process Scale

(1371)

d.sC

Deviation Scale

(1372)

so

Switch Over (1370)

diff

Differential

(1373)

rati

Ratio (1374)

add

Add (1375)

ЛЏUL

Multiply (1376)

A.dif

Absolute Difference (1377)

ЛЏin

Minimum (1378)

ЛЏaH

Maximum (1379)

root

Square Root

(1380)

hold

Sample and Hold

(1381)

aLt

Pressure to Altitude (1649)

dEФІ

Dew Point

(1650)

Off

None

nonE

None (61)

ai

Analog Input (142)

CUrr

Current (22)

C.pr

Cool Power (161)

h.pr

Heat Power (160)

pФІr

Power (73)

Lnr

Linearization

(238)

ЛЏat

Math (240)

pu

Process Value (241)

sp.C

Set Point Closed

(242)

sp.o

Set Point Open

(243)

var

Variable (245)

ФІat Wattage (1697)

Ld.Uo

Load Voltage

(1698)

Ld.r

Load Resistance

(1183)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2220 3680

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2180 3640

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x15 (21)

128

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

1

25021 uint

RWES

- - - 25001 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 107 Chapter 4 Setup Page

si.a

Si.A

sz.a

SZ.A

sfn.b

SFn.b

Math (1 to 8)

Source Instance

A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Math (1 to 8)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Math (1 to 8)

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

1 to 250

0 to 24

nonE

None (61)

ai

Analog Input (142)

CUrr

Current (22)

C.pr

Cool Power (161)

h.pr

Heat Power (160)

pФІr

Power (73)

Lnr

Linearization

(238)

ЛЏat

Math (240)

pu

Process Value (241)

sp.C

Set Point Closed

(242)

sp.o

Set Point Open

(243)

var

Variable (245)

ФІat Wattage (1697)

Ld.Uo

Load Voltage

(1698)

Ld.r

Load Resistance

(1183)

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

1

0

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2190 3650

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 25006 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2200 3660

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0xB (11)

- - - 25011 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2182 3642

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

2

- - - 25002 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

si.b

Si.b

Math (1 to 8)

Source Instance

B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2192 3652

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

7

- - - 25007 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 108 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sz.b

SZ.b

sfn.C

SFn.C

si.C

Si.C

sz.C

SZ.C

Math (1 to 8)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Math (1 to 8)

Source Function C

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

Math (1 to 8)

Source Zone C

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 24

nonE

None (61)

ai

Analog Input (142)

CUrr

Current (22)

C.pr

Cool Power (161)

h.pr

Heat Power (160)

pФІr

Power (73)

Lnr

Linearization

(238)

ЛЏat

Math (240)

pu

Process Value (241)

sp.C

Set Point Closed

(242)

sp.o

Set Point Open

(243)

var

Variable (245)

ФІat Wattage (1697)

Ld.Uo

Load Voltage

(1698)

Ld.r

Load Resistance

(1183)

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

0

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2202 3662

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0xC (12)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 25012 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2184 3644

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

3

- - - 25003 uint

RWES

Math (1 to 8)

Source Instance

C

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250

0 to 24

1

0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2194 3654

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2204 3664

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

8

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0xD (13)

- - - 25008 uint

RWES

- - - 25013 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 109 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sfn.d

SFn.d

si.d

Si.d

sz.d

SZ.d

Math (1 to 8)

Source Function D

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

Math (1 to 8)

Source Zone D

Set the zone of the function selected above.

nonE ai

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

None (61)

Analog Input (142)

CUrr

C.pr

h.pr

pФІr

Lnr

(238)

Current (22)

Cool Power (161)

Heat Power (160)

Power (73)

Linearization

ЛЏat

Math (240)

pu

Process Value (241)

sp.C

Set Point Closed

(242)

sp.o

Set Point Open

(243)

var

Variable (245)

ФІat Wattage (1697)

Ld.Uo

Load Voltage

(1698)

Ld.r

Load Resistance

(1183)

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2186 3646

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

4

Profibus

Index

- - - 25004 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

Math (1 to 8)

Source Instance

D

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250

0 to 24

1

0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2196 3656

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2206 3666

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

9

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0xE (14)

- - - 25009 uint

RWES

- - - 25014 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 110 Chapter 4 Setup Page

sfn.E

SFn.E

Math (1 to 8)

Source Function E

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

nonE aLЛЏ

CpE

Ctr dio

Ent.a

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

None (61)

Alarm (6)

Compare (230)

Counter (231)

Digital I/O (1142)

Profile Event

Out A (233)

Ent.b

Profile Event

Out B (234)

Ent.C

Profile Event

Out C (235)

Ent.d

Profile Event

Out D (236)

Ent.E

Profile Event

Out E (247)

Ent.f

Profile Event

Out F (248)

Ent.g

Profile Event

Out G (249)

Ent.h

Profile Event

Out H (250)

fUn

Function Key

(1001)

LgC

Logic (239)

tЛЏr

Timer (244)

var

Variable (245)

ФІat Wattage (1697)

Ld.Uo

Load Voltage

(1698)

Ld.r

Load Resistance

(1183)

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2188 3648

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

5

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 25005 uint

RWES

si.E

Si.E

sz.E

SZ.E

Math (1 to 8)

Source Instance

E

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2198 3658

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0xA (10)

- - - 25010 uint

RWES

Math (1 to 8)

Source Zone E

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 24 0

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2208 3668

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0xF (15)

- - - 25015 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 111 Chapter 4 Setup Page

s.Lo

S.Lo

s.hi

S.hi

Math (1 to 8)

Scale Low

If Math function is set to Process

Scale, this will scale Source

A low value to

Range Low setting.

Math (1 to 8)

Scale High

If Math function is set to Process

Scale, this will scale Source A high value to

Range High setting.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000

Default

0.0

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2226 3686

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x18 (24)

Profibus

Index

129

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

25024 float

RWES

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000

1.0

Unit

Unit

r.Lo

r.Lo

r.hi

r.hi

Math (1 to 8)

Units

Set units for

Source.

srC

Source (1539)

nonE

None (61)

a tp

Absolute Temperature (1540)

r tp

Relative Temperature (1541)

pФІr

Power (73)

pro

Process (75)

rh

Relative Humidity

(1538)

Source

0.0

Math (1 to 8)

Range Low

If Math function is set to Process

Scale, this will output Source A

Scale Low value to Range Low setting.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000

Math (1 to 8)

Range High

If Math function is set to Process

Scale, this will output Source A

Scale High value to Range High setting.

-1,999.000 to

9,999.000

1.0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2228 3688

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2242 3702

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2230 3690

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2232 3692

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x19 (25)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x20 (32)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x1A (26)

131

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x1B (27)

130

132

25025 float

RWES

- - - 25032 uint

RWES

25026 float

RWES

25027 float

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 112 Chapter 4 Setup Page

p.unt

P.unt

Math (1 to 8)

Pressure Units

If Math function is set for Pressure to Altitude units, set units of measure for conversion.

a.unt

A.unt

Math (1 to 8)

Altitude Units

If Math function is set for Pressure to Altitude units, set units of measure for conversion.

fiL

FiL

psi

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

Pressure Units

(1671)

pasc atЛЏ

(1675)

ЛЏbr torr

Pascal (1674)

Atmosphere

mbar (1672)

Torr (1673)

Default

Pressure

Units

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2238 3698

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x1E (30)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 25030 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

Hft ft

Kilofeet (1671)

Feet (1674)

Math (1 to 8)

Filter

Filtering smooths out the output signal of this function block.

Increase the time to increase filtering.

0.0 to 60.0 seconds

Kilofeet

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2240 3700

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0.0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2234 3694

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+70

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x1F (31)

- - - 25031 uint

RWES

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x1C (28)

- - - 25028 float

RWES

sof sEt

Special Output Function Menu

fn

Fn

sfn.a

SFn.A

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Function

Set the function to match the device it will operate.

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

off

Off (62)

Co

.C

Compressor Control (1506)

va sE

.C

Motorized Valve

(1508)

.C

Sequencer (1507)

Off

nonE

None (61)

ai

Analog Input (142)

C pr

Cool Power (161)

h pr

Heat Power (160)

pФІr

Power (73)

Lnr

Linearization (238)

ЛЏat

Math (240)

pu

Process Value (241)

sof 1

Special Function

Output 1 (1532)

var

Variable (245)

None

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6636 7416

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6620 7400

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

9

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

1

181

182

35009 uint

RWES

35001 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 113 Chapter 4 Setup Page

si.a

Si.A

sz.a

SZ.A

sfn.b

SFn.b

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Source Instance

A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

1 to 250

0 to 24

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

nonE

None (61)

C.

pr

Cool Power (161)

h

.pr

Heat Power (160)

pФІr

Power (73)

Lnr

Linearization (238)

ЛЏat

Math (240)

var

Variable (245)

1

0

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6624 7404

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

3

Profibus

Index

183

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6628 7408

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

5

- - - -

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

35003 uint

RWES

35005 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6622 7402

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

2

184 35002 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

si.b

Si.b

sz.b

SZ.b

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Source Instance

B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6626 7406

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

4

185 35004 uint

RWES

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 24 0

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6630 7410

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

6

- - - 35006 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 114 Chapter 4 Setup Page

pon.a

Pon.A

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Input A Turn On

If Function is set to Compressor

Control:

Use Source A for a first loop to inform the function whether the compressor will soon be required.

Set Power On

Level 1 and

Power Off Level

1 to the Source

A values that will switch the compressor on and off.

-100.0 to 100.0%

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

0

Default

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6654 7434

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x12 (18)

186

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

pof.a

PoF.A

pon.b

Pon.b

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Input A Turn Off

-100.0 to 100.0%

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Input B Turn On

If Function is set to Compressor

Control:

Use Source B for a second loop to inform the function whether the compressor will soon be required.

Set Power On

Level 2 and

Power Off Level

2 to the Source

B values that will switch the compressor on and off.

-100.0 to 100.0%

5

0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6656 7436

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6658 7438

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x13 (19)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x14 (20)

187

188

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

35018 float

RWES

35019 float

RWES

35020 float

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 115 Chapter 4 Setup Page

pof.b

PoF.b

on.t

on.t

of.t

oF.t

t.t

t.t

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Input B Turn Off

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

-100.0 to 100.0%

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Minimum On

Time

If Function is set to Compressor

Control:

Set Minimum On

Time and Minimum Off Time to the minimum span of time, in seconds, that the compressor will be on or off.

0 to 9,999 seconds

5

Default

20

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6660 7440

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x15 (21)

Profibus

Index

189

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6662 7442

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x16 (22)

190

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Minimum Off

Time

0 to 9,999 seconds

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Valve Travel

Time

If Function is set to Motorized

Valve:

Source A will determine the valve position.

Set this time in seconds representing the time that it will take the valve to travel between fully closed and fully open.

10 to 9,999 seconds

20

120

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6664 7444

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6666 7446

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x17 (23)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x18 (24)

191

192

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

35021 float

RWES

35022 uint

RWES

35023 uint

RWES

35024 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 116 Chapter 4 Setup Page

db

db

o.s1

o.S1

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Dead Band

If Function is set to Motorized

Valve:

Set to the minimum valve adjustment as a percentage, representing the movement of the valve in a single action. A small value improves accuracy and depletes valve life where a large value reduces the number of adjustments

(less accurate) and the wear on the mechanism.

1.0 to 100.0%

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

2

Default

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6668 7448

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x19 (25)

193

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Output 1 Size

If Function is set to Sequencer:

Set Output 1

Size, as a percentage of the total capacity of all output devices, or vernier output.

This value must be larger than the values set for outputs 2 through 4.

0 to 9,999 10

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6674 7454

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x1C (28)

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

35025 float

RWES

- - - 35028 float

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 117 Chapter 4 Setup Page

o.s2

o.S2

o.s3

o.S3

o.s4

o.S4

t.dL

t.dL

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Output 2 Size

If Function is set to Sequencer:

Set the size of outputs 2 through 4 to represent a percentage of the total output capacity. Outputs

2 through 4 will control using the

ON-OFF algorithm.

0 to 9,999

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

0

Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6676 7456

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x1D (29)

Profibus

Index

- - - 35029 float

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Output 3 Size

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Output 4 Size

0 to 9,999

0 to 9,999

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Time Delay

If Function is set to Sequencer:

Set in seconds to represent the minimum span of time that must elapse between the turn on of one (on-off) output to the next.

0 to 9,999 seconds

0

0

0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6678 7458

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6680 7460

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6670 7450

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x1E (30)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x1F (31)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x1A (26)

- - - 35030 float

RWES

- - - 35031 float

RWES

- - - 35026 uint

RWES

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 118 Chapter 4 Setup Page

ot.o

ot.o

Special Output

(1 to 4)

Output Order

If Function is set to Sequencer:

Set to Linear to turn the on-off outputs on in the same order every time. Select

Progressive to rotate the order to balance usage and wear on contactors and heaters.

Lin pro

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

Linear (1509)

Progressive (1510)

Default

Linear

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6672 7452

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x1B (27)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 35027 uint

RWES

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+80

var sEt

Variable Menu

typE

tyPE

Variable (1 to

16)

Data Type

Set the variable's data type.

AnLg

Analog (1215)

dig

Digital (1220)

Unit

Unit

Variable (1 to

16)

Units

Set the variable's units.

Note:

Units are always in degrees F when used for temperature

a.

tp

Absolute Temperature (1540)

r.

tp

Relative Temperature (1541)

pФІr

Power (73)

pro

Process (75)

rh

Relative Humidity

(1538)

nonE

None (61)

Analog

Absolute

Temperature

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6380 7080

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+20

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6392 7092

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+20

0x66

(102)

1 to 16

1

0x66

(102)

1 to 16

7

210 2001 uint

RWES

- - - 2007 uint

RWES

dig

dig

Variable (1 to

16)

Digital

Set the variable's value.

off

Off (62)

on

On (63)

Off

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6382 7082

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+20

0x66

(102)

1 to 16

2

211 2002

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set uint

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 119 Chapter 4 Setup Page

anLg

AnLg

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Variable (1 to

16)

Analog

Set the variable's value.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000 0.0

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6384 7084

0x66

(102)

1 to 16

3

Profibus

Index

212

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+20

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

2003 float

RWES

gLbL sEt

Global Menu

C_f

C_F

Global

Display Units

Select which scale to use for temperature.

F

°F (30)

C

°C (15)

aC.Lf

AC.LF

Global

AC Line Frequency

Set the frequency to the applied ac line power source.

50

50 Hz (3)

60

60 Hz (4)

°F

60 Hz

dprs

dPrS

ЛЏAK

MAX

Global

Display Pairs

Defines the number of Display

Pairs.

1 to 10

Global

Maximum

Allows ranges to be opened up to display full values. Prior to firmware revision 9.0, ranges were clamped to accommodate the seven segment LED display of the RUI. Typically used with external display devices/software like HMIs and

SpecView.

Floating Point [-3.4E+38 to 3.4E+38]

Unsigned integer [0 to

65,535]

1

9999.0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6948 7728

1

5

0x67

(103)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

366 426

1

4

0x6A

(106)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

- - - - 7774

0x67

(103)

1

0x1C (28)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

- - - - 7808

0x67

(103)

1

0x2D (45)

110 3005 - - - -

- - - 6004 uint

RWES

- - - 3028 uint

RWES

- - - 3045 float

RW

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 120 Chapter 4 Setup Page

ЛЏin

Min

Usr.s

USr.S

Usr.r

USr.r

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

Global

Minimum

Allows ranges to be opened up to display full values. Prior to firmware revision 9.0, ranges were clamped to accommodate the seven segment LED display of the RUI. Typically used with external display devices/software like HMIs and

SpecView.

Floating Point [-3.4E+38 to 3.4E+38]

Unsigned integer [0 to

65,535]

Default

-1,999.0

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

- - - - 7806

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x67

(103)

1

0x2C (44)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 3044 float

RW

Global

Save Settings

As

Save all of this controller's settings to the selected set that have a Data

Type of RWES.

Global

Restore Settings From

Replace all of this controller's settings with another set.

sEt1 nonE

* Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one user set.

fCty nonE sEt1

User Set 1 (101)

None (61)

Factory (31)

None (61)

User Set 1 (101)

* Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one user set.

None

None

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

26 26

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

24 24

0x65

(101)

1

0x0E

(14)

0x65

(101)

1

0xD (13)

118

117

1014 uint

RWE

1013 uint

RWE

CoЛЏ sEt

Communications Menu

baUd

bAUd

Communications

Baud Rate

Modbus RTU baud rate selection.

Note:

This applies if

13th digit in part number is equal to one.

9600 9,600 (188)

19.2 19,200 (189)

38.4 38,400 (190)

9,600

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2164 3624

1

3

0x96

(150)

- - - 17002 uint

RWE

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 121 Chapter 4 Setup Page

par

PAr

ЛЏ.hL

M.hL

C_f

C_F

ЛЏap

Map

Communications

Parity

Modbus RTU parity selection.

Note:

This applies if

13th digit in part number is equal to one.

RME Module • Setup Page

Range

nonE None (61)

EvEn Even (191) odd Odd (192)

Communications

Modbus Word

Order

Select the word order of the two

16-bit words in the floatingpoint values.

hiLo Word High Low

(1330)

Lohi Word Low High

(1331)

Note:

This applies if

13th digit in part number is equal to one.

Default

None

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2166 3626

0x96

(150)

1

4

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

- - - 17003 uint

RWE

Low High Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2168 3628

1

5

0x96

(150)

- - - 17043 uint

RWE

°F

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2170 3630

1

6

0x96

(150)

131 17050 uint

RWE

Communications

Display Units

Select which scale to use for temperature passed when using Modbus

Note:

This applies if

13th digit in part number is equal to one.

f

C

°F (30)

°C (15)

Communications

(1 or 2)

Data Map

If set to 1 the control will use

RM legacy mapping. If set to 2 the control will use new mapping to accommodate new functions.

1 to 2 1

- - - -

- - - - - - - 17059 uint

RWE

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 122 Chapter 4 Setup Page

nV.s

nV.S

No Display

Communications

Non-volatile

Save

If set to Yes all values written to the control will be saved in EE-

PROM.

yEs Yes (106) no No (59)

RME Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Yes

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2174 3634

CIP - Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

0x96

(150)

1 to 2

8

130

Note:

This applies if

13th digit in part number is equal to one.

Communications

Protocol

Select the communications protocol.

Standard Bus (1286)

Modbus RTU Word (1057)

If model number digit

13 = 1

[Modbus]

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2832 3632

0x96

(150)

1 to 2

7

Parameter

ID

Data

Type and

Access **

17051 uint

RWE

- - - 17009 uint

RWE

No Display

Communications

Modbus Address

Select the

Modbus address.

Note:

This applies if

13th digit in part number is equal to one.

1 to 247

If model number digit 13 =

A [Standard Bus]

1

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

2160 3620

0x96

(150)

1

1

- - - 17007 uint

* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

RWE

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 123 Chapter 4 Setup Page

5

Chapter 5: Factory Pages

Expansion Module Factory Page Parameters

To navigate to the Factory Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:

1. From the Home Page, press and hold both the Advance

and Infinity ˆ keys for six seconds.

2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.

3. Press the Advance Key

to enter the menu of choice.

4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and then press the Advance Key

to enter.

5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.

6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu, submenu to menu, menu to Home Page.

7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.

On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.

Note:

Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.

Note:

Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part number.

CUst fCty

Custom Setup Menu

1

to

20

CUst

Custom Setup par

Parameter iid

Instance ID

LoC fCty Security Setting Menu

LoC

Security Setting

LoC.o

Operations Page

pas.E

Password

rLoC

Read Lock

sLoC

Write Security

LoC.L

Locked Access Level

roLL

Rolling Password

pas.u

User Password

pas.a

Administrator Pass- word

ULoC fCty

Security Setting Menu

LoC

Security Setting

CodE

Public Key

pass

Password diag fCty Diagnostics Menu

diag

Diagnostics

pn

Part Number

rEv

Software Revision

s.bLd

Software Build Num- ber

sn

Serial Number

datE

Date of Manufac- ture

CaL fCty

Calibration Menu

CAL

Calibration Output

(

1-3, 7-9, 13-15, 19-

21 process)

ELo.o

Electrical Output

Offset

ELo.s

Electrical Output

Slope

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 124 Chapter 5 Factory Page

Display

Parameter

Name

Description

RME Module Factory Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

&

Read/

Write

**

CUst

FCty

Custom Setup Menu

par

Par

Custom Menu

Parameter 1 to

20

Select the parameters that will appear in the Home Page.

The Parameter

1 value will appear in the upper display of the Home

Page. It cannot be changed with the Up and

Down Keys in the Home Page.

The Parameter

2 value will appear in the lower display in the

Home Page. It can be changed with the Up and

Down Keys, if the parameter is a writable one.

nonE

C_F

None (61)

Display Units (156)

USr.r

Restore Settings

From (227)

A

.

Lo

Low Set Point (42)

A hi

High Set Point (78)

A.hy

Hysteresis (97)

CU.st

Ld.Cu

Custom (180)

Current (1700)

- - - - - - - - - - - - 14005 uint

RWES

iid

iid

Scroll through the other Home

Page parameters with the Advance Key

.

Custom Setup (1 to 20)

Instance ID

Select the instance of the parameter selected above to be displayed.

1 to 24

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

- - - - - - - - - - - - 14003 uint

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 125 Chapter 5 Factory Page

Display

Parameter

Name

Description

RME Module Factory Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

&

Read/

Write

**

LoC

FCty

Security Setting Menu

LoC.o

LoC.o

pas.E

PAS.E

Security Setting

Operations

Page

Use to change the required security level clearance required to gain access to the

Operations

Page.

Security Setting

Password Enable

Turn Password

Enable ON if a

Password access feature is desired. This is in addition to

Read Lock or

Write Security..

1 to 3

off on

Off

On

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

2

Off

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6942 7722

0x67 (103)

1

2

- - - 3002 unit

RWE

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 126 Chapter 5 Factory Page

Display

Parameter

Name

Description

RME Module Factory Page

Range Default

5

Modbus

Relative Address

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6958 7738

0x67 (103)

1

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

&

Read/

Write

**

- - - 3010 uint

RWE

0x0A (10)

rLoC

rLoC

Security Setting

Read Lock

Set the read security clearance level. The user can access the selected level and all lower levels.

Applies regardless of

Password Enable setting.

Set the Read

Lock clearance level. The user can have read access to the selected level and all lower levels. If the

Write Security level is higher than the Read

Lock, the Read

Lock level takes priority.

1 to 5

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 127 Chapter 5 Factory Page

Display

Parameter

Name

Description

RME Module Factory Page

Range

5

Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6960 7740

0x67 (103)

1

0x0B (11)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

&

Read/

Write

**

- - - 3011 uint

RWE

sLoC

SLoC

LoC.L

LoC.L

Security Setting

Locked Access

Level

Determines user level menu visibility when

Password is enabled. See Features section under Password

Security. This setting is in addition to Read

Lock and Write

Security. Consider using only

Locked Access

Level and Set

Read Lock and

Write Security to 5.

Security Setting

Write Security

Set the write security clearance level. The user can access the selected level and all lower levels.

Applies regardless of Password Enable setting. Set the

Write Security clearance level. The user can have write access to the selected level and all lower levels. If the

Write Security level is higher than the Read

Lock, the Read

Lock level takes priority.

0 to 5

1 to 5

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

5

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 128 Chapter 5 Factory Page

Display

Parameter

Name

Description

RME Module Factory Page

Range Default

Off

Modbus

Relative Address

- - - -

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

- - - -

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

&

Read/

Write

**

- - - - - - - - - - -

roLL

roLL

Pas.u

PAS.u

pas.a

PAS.A

Security Setting

Rolling Password

Applies if Password Enable is ON. When power is cycled a new Public

Key will be displayed.

Security Setting

User Password

Applies if Password Enable is ON. Used to acquire access to menus made available through the

Locked Access

Level setting.

Do not forget the password as it is required to change Locked

Access Level,

Read Lock or

Write Security.

Security Setting

Administrator

Password

Applies if Password Enable is ON. Used to acquire access to menus made available through the

Locked Access

Level setting.

Do not forget the password as it is required to change Locked

Access Level,

Read Lock,

Write Security and the ability to change the

Passwords.

off on

Off

On

10 to 999

10 to 999

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module

63

156

129

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - - - - -

Chapter 5 Factory Page

Display

Parameter

Name

Description

RME Module Factory Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

&

Read/

Write

**

ULoC

FCty

Security Setting Menu

CodE

CodE

Security Setting

Public Key

If Rolling Password is turned

ON, generates a random number when power is cycled. If Rolling Password is OFF, a fixed number will be displayed. The

Public Key is only required if the assigned

Password is unknown. Provide the key to the

OEM or technical support to gain access.

pass

PASS

Security Setting

Password

Applies if

Password Enable is set to

ON. Enter the

4-digit assigned password. If unknown, contact your supervisor, the OEM or technical support to gain access.

Customer Specific

-1999 to 9999 diag

FCty

Diagnostics Menu

pn

Pn

Diagnostics

Menu

Part Number

Display this controller's part number.

24

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module

0

0

- - - -

130

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - - - - -

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

16 16

0x65 (101)

1

9

115 1009 string

RWE

Chapter 5 Factory Page

Display

Parameter

Name

Description

RME Module Factory Page

Range Default

- - - -

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

4 4

0x65 (101)

1 to 5

0x11 (17)

Profibus

Index

116

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

&

Read/

Write

**

1003 32-bit

R

rEv

rEv

S.bLd

S.bLd

sn

Sn

datE

dAtE

No Display

Diagnostics

Menu

Software Revision

Display this controller's firmware revision number.

Diagnostics

Menu

Software Build

Number

Display the firmware build number.

Diagnostics

Menu

Serial Number

Display the serial number.

Diagnostics

Menu

Date of Manufacture

Display the date code.

Diagnostics

Menu

Hardware ID

Read the hardware ID.

5

0 to 2,147,483,647

0 to 2,147,483,647

0 to 2,147,483,647

23 or 116

CaL

FCty

Calibration Menu

ELo.o

ELo.o

Calibration

Menu (1-3, 7-9,

13-15, 19-21)

Electrical Output Offset

Change this value to calibrate the low end of the output range.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

23

0.0

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

8 8

0x65 (101)

1 to 5

5

- - - - 1005 32-bit

R

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

12 12

0x65 (101)

1

7

- - - - 1007 32-bit

RWE

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

14 14

0x65 (101)

1

8

- - - - 1008 32-bit

RWE

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

0 0

0x65 (101)

1

1

- - - - 1001 32-bit

R

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

6998 7828

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x76 (118)

1-3, 7-9,

13-15, 19-

21

5

- - - - 18005 float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 131 Chapter 5 Factory Page

Display

ELo.s

ELo.S

Parameter

Name

Description

RME Module Factory Page

Range

Calibration

Menu (1-3, 7-9,

13-15, 19-21)

Electrical Output Slope

Adjust this value to calibrate the slope of the output value.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set

Default

1.0

Modbus

Relative Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Instance 1

Map 1 Map 2

7000 7830

Map 1 and

Map 2 Offset to next instance equals

+60

0x76 (118)

1-3, 7-9,

13-15, 19-

21

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

&

Read/

Write

**

- - - - 18006 float

RWES

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 132 Chapter 5 Factory Page

6

Chapter 6: Features

Saving and Restoring User Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135

Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135

10 Point Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136

Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Variable Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Compressor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

Motorized Valve Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138

Process Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Alarm Set Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Alarm Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Alarm Latching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Alarm Silencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Alarm Blocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Programming the EZ Key/s on an RUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

Using Password Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

EZ-ZONE Configurator Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Function Block Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147

Action Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Alarm Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Compare Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Counter Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Current Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Custom Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Diagnostic Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Digital Input/Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Global Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Linearization Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Logic Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Math Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 133 Chapter 6 Features

6

Chapter 6: Features

Modbus ® Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Security Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Special Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Timer Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Variable Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 134 Chapter 6 Features

Saving and Restoring User Settings

Recording setup and operations parameter settings for future reference is very important.

If you unintentionally change these, you will need to program the correct settings back into the controller to return the equipment to operational condition.

After you program the controller and verify proper operation, use Save Settings As

Usr.s

(Setup Page, Global Menu) to save the settings into either of two files in a special section of memory.

Note:

Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one user set.

If the settings in the controller are altered and you want to return the controller to the saved values, use Restore Settings From

Usr.r

(Setup Page, Global Menu) to recall the previously saved settings.

A digital input or the Function Key can also be configured to restore parameters.

CAUTION:

If a Digital Input or Function Key is programmed for Restore Settings From, the operator may select Factory Restore and the Digital Input or Function Key may no longer be programmed for Restore Settings From.

Note:

Restoring to factory defaults will overwrite the entirety of the module memory; this would include any customized assemblies used with any of the available communications protocols.

Note:

Only perform the above procedure when you are sure that all the correct settings are programmed into the controller. Saving the settings overwrites any previously saved collection of settings. Be sure to document all the controller settings.

Inputs

10 Point Linearization

Input Point 10

The linearization function allows a user to re-linearize a value read from an analog source. The function selections are Off, Interpolated and Stepped.

When set to Off the output will match the Source A value plus offset. There are

10 data points used to compensate for differences between the source value

Reading from Sensor without Linearization

(Actual Value)

Input Point 1

Output Point 1

2

3

4

5 6

7

8

Reading from Sensor with Linearization

(Displayed Value)

9

Offset Zone

Output Point 10

No Offset read (input point) and the desired value

(output point). Multiple data points en-

Time able compensation for non-linear differences between the sensor readings and target process values over the thermal or process system operating range. Sensor reading differences can be caused by sensor placement, tolerances, an inaccurate sensor or lead resistance.

The user specifies the unit of measurement and then each data point by entering an input point value and a corresponding output point value. Each data point must be incrementally higher than the previous point. The linearization function will interpolate data points linearly in between specified data points.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 135 Chapter 6 Features

Outputs

Duplex

Certain systems require that a single process output control both heating and cooling outputs. An EZ-ZONE ® RME with a process outputs can function as two separate outputs.

With a 4 to 20mA output the heating output will operate from 12 to 20mA (0 to +100 percent) and the cooling output will operate from 12 to 4mA (0 to -100 percent). In some cases this type of output is required by the device that the RME is connected to, such as a three-way valve that opens one way with a 12 to 20mA signal and opens the other way with a 4 to 12mA signal. This feature reduces the overall system cost by using a single output to act as two outputs.

Outputs 1 to 3, 7 to 9, 13 to 15 and 19 to 21 (depending on ordering options) can be ordered as process outputs. Select Power

-100.00, Range High mA.

r.hi

PФІr

as the Output Function

Menu). For this example, set the Output Type

o.ty

to +100.00, Scale Low

to milliamps

S.Lo

fn

(Setup Page, Output

ЛЏA

. Range Low

to 4mA and Scale High

S.hi

r.Lo

to

to 20.00

Variable Time Base

Variable time base is the preferred method for controlling a resistive load, providing a very short time base for longer heater life. Unlike phase-angle firing, variable-time-base switching does not limit the current and voltage applied to the heater.

With variable time base outputs, the PID algorithm calculates an output between 0 and

100%, but the output is distributed in groupings of three ac line cycles. For each group of three ac line cycles, the controller decides whether the power should be on or off. There is no fixed cycle time since the decision is made for each group of cycles. When used in conjunction with a zero cross (burst fire) device, such as a solid-state power controller, switching is done only at the zero cross of the ac line, which helps reduce electrical noise (RFI).

Variable time base should be used with solid-state power controllers, such as a solid-state relay (SSR) or silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) power controller. Do not use a variable time base output for controlling electromechanical relays, mercury displacement relays, inductive loads or heaters with unusual resistance characteristics.

The combination of variable time base output and a solid-state relay can inexpensively approach the effect of analog, phase-angle fired control.

Select the AC Line Frequency

[AC;LF]

(Setup Page, Global Menu), 50 or 60 Hz.

100 percent output

10 ON, 0 OFF

50 percent output

3 ON, 3 OFF

66 percent output

6 ON, 3 OFF

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 136 Chapter 6 Features

Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point

The retransmit feature allows a process output to provide an analog signal that represents the set point or process value. The signal may serve as a remote set point for another controller or as an input for a chart recorder documenting system performance over time.

In choosing the type of retransmit signal the operator must take into account the input impedance of the device to be retransmitted to and the required signal type, either voltage or milliamperes.

Range High

Typically, applications might use the retransmit option to record one of the variables with a chart recorder or to generate a set point for other controls in a multi-zone application.

Outputs 1 to 3, 7 to 9, 13 to 15 and 19 to 21 can be ordered as process outputs. Assign an analog source to Output Function to accomplish retransmit of a process or set point value.

Range Low

Scale Low

Retransmit Source

Retransmit

Scale High

Note:

The active set point is not retransmitted, only the user requested closed loop set point which may not be the closed loop set point in control. Retransmitting a profiling closed loop set point is not allowed.

Compressor Control

The compressor control can save wear on a compressor and prevent it from locking up from short cycling. A bypass valve operated by a control output regulates how the process is cooled, while another output switches the compressor on and off. The compressor will not turn on until the output power exceeds the Compressor On % Power for a time longer than the Compressor On Delay. The compressor will not turn off until the output power exceeds the Compressor Off % Power for a time longer than the Compressor Off Delay.

Heat

% Power

100%

2%

0%

2% Compressor

Off Power

0% Compressor

On Power

Cool

-100%

Compressor

On

Off

Time In Seconds

Compressor On Delay = 45 Seconds

Compressor Off Delay = 20 Seconds

Motorized Valve Control

A motorized valve is used is to regulate the flow of fluid which in turn impacts the loop process value. A valve is opened or closed by closing contacts to drive the value in the intended direction. This feature is configured by selecting Motorized Valve as the function in the

Setup Page, Special Output Function menu. Source Function A is selected for either Heat or

Cool Power then entering the Valve Travel Time and Deadband.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 137 Chapter 6 Features

Lastly, program the outputs which will open and close the valve. The algorithm will calculate

Dead Time which is the minimum on time that the valve will travel once it is turned on in either the closed or open direction. Dead Time = Valve Dead Band / 100 * Valve Travel Time.

®

Output 1 = Close

Output 2 = Open

Valve

Actuator

Gas Furnace

Temperature

Sensor

Gas Flow

Alarms

Alarms are activated when the output level, process value or temperature leaves a defined range. A user can configure how and when an alarm is triggered, what action it takes and whether it turns off automatically when the alarm condition is over.

Configure alarm outputs in the Setup Page before setting alarm set points.

Alarms do not have to be assigned to an output. Alarms can be monitored and controlled through the front panel or by using software.

Process Alarms

A process alarm uses one or two absolute set points to define an alarm condition.

Select the alarm type

a.ty

via the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.

Alarm Set Points

The alarm high set point defines the process value or temperature that will trigger a high side alarm. The alarm low set point defines the temperature that will trigger a low side alarm. For deviation alarms, a negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point. View or change alarm set points with Alarm Low

Menu).

a.Lo

and Alarm High Set Points

a.hi

(Operations Page, Alarm

Alarm Hysteresis

An alarm state is triggered when the process value reaches the alarm high or alarm low set point. Alarm Hysteresis defines how far the process must return into the normal operating range before the alarm can be cleared.

High Side Alarm Range

Alarm High Set Point

Alarm Hysteresis is a zone inside each alarm set point. This zone is defined by adding the hysteresis value to the alarm low set point or subtracting the hysteresis value from the alarm high set point.

View or change Alarm Hysteresis

Page, Alarm Menu.

a.hy

via the Setup

Alarm Hysteresis

Normal Operating Range

Alarm Hysteresis

Low Side Alarm Range

Alarm Low Set Point

Time

Alarm Set Points and Hysteresis

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 138 Chapter 6 Features

Alarm Latching

A latched alarm will remain active after the alarm condition has passed. It can only be deactivated by the user and only when the alarm condition no longer exists.

If using an RUI an active message, such as an alarm message, will cause the display to toggle between the normal settings and the active message in the upper display and lower display. To clear a latched alarm:

1. Push the Advance Key

to display display and the message source in the lower display.

2. Use the Up

¿

or Down

¯

keys to scroll through possible responses, such as Clear

CLr ignr

in the upper

or Silence

siL

.

3. Push the Advance

or Infinity

ˆ

key to execute the action.

Without an RUI, a latched alarm can be reset by cycling power to the module or configuring an Action function within the control to perform a reset. Do this by setting the Action Function to alarm and trigger the

Action to occur through Source Function A.

The alarm state begins when the temperature reaches the

Alarm High Set Point

Process

Temperature

Alarm Hysteresis

Normal Operating Range

Time

attn

The alarm state continues until the temperature drops to the Alarm High Set

Point minus the hysteresis. A latching alarm could be turned off by the operator at this point. A non-latching alarm would turn off automatically.

in the

Alarm Response with Hysteresis

Alarm High

Set Point

Alarm Low

Set Point

An alarm that is not latched (self-clearing) will deactivate automatically when the alarm condition has passed. Turn Alarm Latching

a.La

on or off via the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.

Alarm Silencing

If alarm silencing is on the operator can disable the alarm output while the controller is in an alarm state. The process value or temperature has to enter the normal operating range beyond the hysteresis zone to activate the alarm output function again.

If using an RUI an active message, such as an alarm message, will cause the display to toggle between the normal settings and the active message in the upper display and lower display. To silence an alarm:

1. Push the Advance Key

to display

the lower display.

siL

.

ignr attn

in the

in the upper display and the message source in

2. Use the Up

¿

and Down

¯

keys to scroll through possible responses, such as Clear

Silence

3. Push the Advance

or Infinity

ˆ

key to execute the action.

CLr

or

Without an RUI, silencing an alarm can be accomplished by configuring an Action function within the control to silence the alarm. Do this by setting the Action Function to Silence and trigger the Action to occur through Source Function A. Turn Alarm Silencing the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.

a.si

on or off via

Alarm Blocking

Alarm blocking allows a system to warm up after it has been started up. With alarm blocking on, an alarm is not triggered when the process temperature is initially lower than the alarm low set point or higher than the alarm high set point. The process temperature has to enter the normal operating range beyond the hysteresis zone to activate the alarm function.

If the RME module has an output that is functioning as a deviation alarm, the alarm is blocked when the set point is changed, until the process value re-enters the normal operating range.

Turn Alarm Blocking

a.bL

on or off via the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 139 Chapter 6 Features

Programming the EZ Key/s on an RUI

If using an RUI, the EZ Key can be configured either on the Setup Page in the Action Menu or with EZ-ZONE configurator software, using a personal computer.

The following example shows how to program the EZ Key to silence alarms.

1. Go to the Setup Page from the Home Page, press both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for six seconds. What appears in the upper display is dependent on installed hardware and appear in the lower display.

2. Press the Down ¯ key until lower display.

3. Press the Advance Key

until once, Action

fUn aCt

appears in the upper display and

aCt fi

. Press the Advance Key

8. The bottom display will now show Source Instance A select the function key instance. Press the Advance Key

.

LEv

.

sfn.a

si.a

sEt

, press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key

, press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to

9. The bottom display will now show Source Zone A select the zone (0 to 16) where the alarm will be silenced. Press the Advance Key

.

10. The bottom display will now show Level high or low state to silence the alarm.

sEt

will appear in the upper display. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select the action instance.

4. Press the Advance Key

once where Function the upper display.

5. Press the arrow key (up or down) until Alarm

Advance Key

.

fn aLЛЏ

6. The lower display will show Function Instance

will appear in the lower display and one

appears in the lower display and appears in the upper display. Press the

. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select which alarm to silence (0 to 8). Press the Advance Key

.

7. The bottom display will now show Source Function A to select the EZ Key

sz.a

will appear in the

nonE

, press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to

11. Press the Infinity Key ˆ once to return to the submenu, twice to return to the main menu or three times to return to the Home Page

.

will

, press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select a

1

in

Using Password Security

It is sometimes desirable to apply a higher level of security when using an RUI with any of the RM modules where a limited number of menus are visible while also not providing access to others without a security password. Without the appropriate password those menus will remain inaccessible. If Password Enabled set to on, an overriding Password Security will be in effect. When in effect, the only Pages that a User without a password has visibility to are defined in the Locked Access Level prompt. On the other hand, a User with a password would have visibility restricted by the

Read Lockout Security

Level

LoC.L

rLoC

set to 1 and

pas.E

in the Factory Page under the

LoC

Menu is

LoC.L

. As an example, with Password Enabled and the Locked Access

rLoC

would be limited to the Home and Factory Pages (locked level 1). If the User password is en-

is set to 3, the available Pages for a User without a password tered all pages would be accessible with the exception of the Setup Page as defined by level

3 access.

How to Enable Password Security

Go to the Factory Page by holding down the Infinity ˆ key and the Advance

key for approximately six seconds. Once there, push the Down ¯ key one time to get to the

Again push the Advance

key until the Password Enabled either the up or down key to turn it on. Once on, 4 new prompts will appear:

1.

LoC.L

pas.E

LoC

menu.

prompt is visible. Lastly, push

, Locked Access Level (1 to 5) corresponding to the lockout table above.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 140 Chapter 6 Features

2.

3.

4.

roLL pas.u

pas.a

, Rolling Password will change the Customer Code every time power is cycled.

, User Password which is needed for a User to acquire access to the control.

, Administrator Password which is needed to acquire administrative access to the control.

The Administrator can either change the User and or the Administrator password or leave them in the default state. Once Password Security is enabled they will no longer be visible to anyone other than the Administrator. As can be seen in the formula that follows either the

User or Administrator will need to know what those passwords are to acquire a higher level of access to the control. Back out of this menu by pushing the Infinity

ˆ

key. Once out of the menu, the Password Security will be enabled.

How to Acquire Access to the Module

To acquire access to any inaccessible Pages or Menus, go to the Factory Page and enter the

ULoC

menu. Once there follow the steps below:

Note:

If Password Security (Password Enabled

pas.E

is On) is enabled the two prompts mentioned below in the first step will not be visible. If unknown, call the individual or company that originally setup the control.

1. Acquire either the User Password

pas.u

or the Administrator Password

pas.a

.

2. Push the Advance

key one time where the Code

Note:

b. If the Rolling Password

CodE

prompt will be visible.

a. If the the Rolling Password is off push the Advance key one more time where the Password

pass

prompt will be displayed. Proceed to either step 7a or 8a. Pushing the Up

¿ or Down

¯ arrow keys enter either the User or Administrator Password. Once entered, push and hold the Infinity

ˆ key for two seconds to return to the Home Page.

roLL

was turned on proceed on through steps 3 - 9.

3. Assuming the Code

CodE

prompt (Public Key) is still visible on the face of the control simply push the Advance key

to proceed to the Password

pass

prompt. If not find your way back to the Factory Page as described above.

4. Execute the calculation defined below (7b or 8b) for either the User or Administrator.

5. Enter the result of the calculation in the upper display play by using the Up ¿ and Down

¯ arrow keys or use EZ-ZONE Confgurator Software.

6. Exit the Factory Page by pushing and holding the Infinity ˆ key for two seconds.

Formulas used by the User and the Administrator to calculate the Password follows:

Passwords equal:

7. User

a. If Rolling Password

b. If Rolling Password

roLL

is Off, Password

pass

equals User Password

pas.u

.

roLL

is On, Password

pass

equals: (

pas.u

x code) Mod 929 + 70

8. Administrator

a. If Rolling Password

b. If Rolling Password

roLL

is Off, Password

pass

equals Administrator Password

pas.a

.

roLL

is On, Password

pass

equals: (

pas.a

x code) Mod 997 + 1000

Differences Between a User Without Password, User With Password and Administrator

- User without a password is restricted by the Locked Access Level

LoC.L

.

- A User

with a password is restricted by the Read Lockout Security

cess to the Lock Menu

LoC

.

rLoC

never having ac-

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 141 Chapter 6 Features

- An Administrator is restricted according to the Read Lockout Security

rLoC

however, the

Ad ministrator has access to the Lock Menu where the Read Lockout can be changed.

Software Configuration

To enable a user to configure the RMC module using a personal computer (PC), Watlow has provided two different programs free of charge for your use.

• EZ-ZONE Configurator (text based), originally released with the EZ-ZONE family of con trols.

• Composer (graphic based), released September 2014.

Both programs can be acquired directly from the DVD (Controller Support Tools) which shipped with the controller. Insert the DVD into your DVD drive and select and then install the preferred software. Alternatively, if you are viewing this document electronically and have a connection to the internet, http://www.watlow.com/literature/software.cfm

EZ-ZONE Configurator Software

Installing the Software

To install the software:

1. Double-click the filename " EZCv6.exe.

2. After reading the license agreement click the

I accept the terms in the License Agree-

ment radio button and then click on the Next button to proceed.

3. Once the installation is complete, click the

Finish button.

Starting EZ-ZONE Configurator software:

1. Double-click the EZ-ZONE Configurator icon on the desktop.

Or

2. On the task bar, click

Start and type ez-zone configurator.exe in the search box and then

press

Enter.

3. Once the executable is found double-click the file to run.

The first screen that will appear is shown below.

If the PC is already physically connected to the RME module click the next button to go online.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 142 Chapter 6 Features

Note:

When establishing communications from PC to the RME module an interface converter will be required. The Standard Bus network uses EIA-485 as the interface. Most PCs today would require a USB to EIA-485 converter. However, some PCs may still be equipped with

EIA-232 ports, therefore an EIA-232 to EIA-485 converter would be required.

As can be seen in the above screen shot the software provides the user with the option of downloading a previously saved configuration as well as the ability to create a configuration off-line to download later. The screen shots that follow will take the user on-line. After clicking the next button above, it is necessary to define the communications port on the PC to use.

The available options allow the user to click on a drop down box to select a specific known communications port. Clicking on the Advanced button allows the user to define the number of EZ-ZONE devices to look for on the network. After clicking the Next button above, the software will then begin scanning for devices on the network as the screen shot below displays.

When complete the software will display all of the available devices found on the network as shown below.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 143 Chapter 6 Features

Using EZ-ZONE Configurator Software

In the previous screen shot the RME is shown highlighted to bring greater clarity to the control in focus. Any EZ-ZONE device on the network will appear in this window and would be available for the purpose of configuration or monitoring. After clicking on the control of choice simply click the next button once again. The next screen appears below.

In the screen shot above notice that the device part number is clearly displayed at the top of the page (yellow highlight added for emphasis). When multiple EZ-ZONE devices are on the network it is important that the part number be noted prior to configuring so as to avoid making unwanted configuration changes to another module.

Looking closely at the left hand column (Parameter Menus) notice that it displays all of the available menus and associated parameters within this module. The menu structure as laid

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 144 Chapter 6 Features

out within this software follows:

- Setup

- Operations

- Factory

Navigating from one menu to the next is easy and clearly visible. Simply slide the scroll bar up or down to display the menu and parameter of choice. As an alternative, clicking on the negative symbol next to Setup will collapse the Setup Menu where the Operations Menu will appear next and perhaps deliver more clarity for the area of focus by not displaying unwanted menus and parameters. Once the focus is brought to an individual parameter (single click of mouse) as is the case for Digital I/O 1 in the left column, all that can be setup related to that parameter will appear in the center column. The grayed out fields in the center column simply mean that this does not apply for the type of device selected. As an example, notice that when Input Voltage is selected, everything related to the ouput does not apply and is therefore grayed out. To speed up the process of configuration notice that at the bottom of the center column there is an option to copy settings. If Analog Input 1, 2 and 3 are the same type of sensor click on "Copy Settings" where a copy from/to dialog box will appear allowing for quick duplication of all settings. Notice too, that by clicking on any of those items in the center column that context sensitive help will appear for that particular item in the right hand column. Lastly, when the configuration is complete click the "Finish" button at the bottom right of the previous screen shot. The screen that follows this action can be seen below.

Although the RME module now contains the configuration (because the previous discussion focused on doing the configuration on-line) it is suggested that after the configuration process is completed that the user save this file on the PC for future use. If for some reason someone inadvertently changed a setting without understanding the impact it would be easy and perhaps faster to download a saved configuration back to the control versus trying to figure out what was changed. Of course, there is an option to exit without saving a copy to the local hard drive. After selecting Save above, click the "Finish" button once again.

The screen below will than appear.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 145 Chapter 6 Features

When saving the configuration note the location where the file will be placed (Saved in) and enter the file name (File name) as well. The default path for saved files follows:

\My Documents\Watlow\EZ-ZONE CONFIGURATOR\Saved Configurations The user can save the file to any folder of choice.

Function Block Descriptions

Each of the next several pages graphically shows each of the RME function blocks. Note that as you view each, you will find text that is black and text that appears gray. The gray text represents inputs that are not currently available based on the functions defined use (red text). For instance, when the defined use of the Analog Input function is set for RTD, TC Linearization will appear gray. Ranges specified are in units or degrees F, if expressed in degrees

C, the range will be smaller.

Action Function

The Action Function will cause the action selected to occur with in the module where the action function resides when Source Function A = ON and Active Level = High. Based on a given input (Digital I/O, Event output, Logic function, etc..) the Action function can cause other functions to occur. To name a few, starting and stopping a profile, silencing alarms, turn control loops off and placing alarms in non-alarm state.

Note:

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 146 Chapter 6 Features

Action Function selection is module type and part number dependant.

Action Function

Active Level

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Event Status

Action - Overview

Instances - RME = 8

Act

SEt

Action Menu

Setup Page

Fn

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Action Function [ 10003] : None, User Set Restore, Alarm,

Silence Alarms, Control Loops Off and Alarms to Non-alarm

State, Force Alarm to Occur

Fi

SFn.A

Si.A

S2.A

LEu

Function Instance [10004] : 0 to 25

Source Function A [10006] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter,

Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit,

Logic, Timer, Variable, Heater Error

Source Instance A [10002] : 1 to 250

Source Zone A [10007] : 0 to 24

Active Level [10001] : High, Low

Act oPEr

Action Menu

Operations Page

E.iS

Event Status [10005] : On, Off

Alarm Function

Alarms are activated when the output level, process value or temperature leaves a defined range. A user can configure how and when an alarm is triggered, what action it takes and whether it turns off auto matically when the alarm condition is over.

Configure alarm outputs in the Setup Page before setting alarm set points. Alarms do not have to be assigned to an output. Alarms can be monitored and controlled through the front panel or by using software.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 147 Chapter 6 Features

Hysteresis

Type

Logic Sides oint oint

Display

Time

Clear

Alarm Alarm

Alarm Source

Alarm Source Instance

Alarm Source Zone

Alarm Source Error

Alarm State

Alarm Latched

Alarm Silenced

Alarm Clearable

Alarm Working Process Value

Alarm Working Set Point

Alarm - Overview

Instances - RME = 8

Output Value

ALЛЏ

SEt

Alarm Menu

Setup Page

A.ty

Sr.A

iS.A

S2.A

LooP

A.hy

A.Lg

A.Sd

A.Lo

A.hi

LAt

A.bL

A.Si

A.dSP

A.dL

A.CLr

A.Sir

A.St

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Type [9015] : Off, Process

Alarm Source [9017] : None, Analog Input,

Current, Power, Linearization, Math,

Process Value, Variable, Current Read, Wattage,

Load Voltage, Load Load Resistance

Alarm Source Instance [9018] : 1 to 250

Alarm Source Zone [9025] : 0 to 24

Control Loop [9023] : 1 to 250

Hysteresis [9003] : 0.001 to 9,999.000

Logic [9005] : Close on Alarm, Open on Alarm

Sides [9004] : Both, High, Low

Low Set Point [9002] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

High Set Point [9001] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Latching [9007] : Non-Latching, Latching

Blocking [9008] : Off, Startup, Set Point, Both

Silencing [9006] : Off, On

Display [9016] : Off, On

Delay Time [9021] : 0 to 9,999 seconds

Clear Alarm [9026] : Ignore, Clear

Silence Alarm [9027] : Ignore, Silence Alarms

Alarm State [9009] : Startup, None, Blocked,

Alarm Low, Alarm High, Error

ALЛЏ oPEr

Alarm Menu

Operations Page

A.Lo

A.hi

A.CLr

A.Sir

A.St

Low Set Point [9002] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

High Set Point [9001]: -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Clear Alarm [9026] : Ignore, Clear

Silence Alarm [9027] : Ignore, Silence Alarms

Alarm State [9009] : Startup, None, Blocked,

Alarm Low, Alarm High, Error

Alarm Latched [9010] : No, Yes

Alarm Silenced [9011] : No, Yes

Alarm Clearable [9013] : No, Yes

Alarm Working Process Value [9019] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Alarm Working Set Point [9020]: -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Value [9024] : On, Off

Alarm (cont .)

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 148 Chapter 6 Features

Hysteresis

Type

Logic Sides oint oint

Display

Time

Clear

Alarm Alarm

Alarm Source

Alarm Source Instance

Alarm Source Zone

Alarm Source Error

Alarm - Off

When function = Off THEN

Output Value = OFF

Alarm State = None

Alarm Indication = None

Alarm State

Alarm Latched

Alarm Silenced

Alarm Clearable

Alarm Working Process Value

Alarm Working Set Point

Output Value

Hysteresis

Type

Logic Sides oint oint

Display

Time

Clear

Alarm Alarm

IF Type = Off THEN

Output Value = OFF

Alarm State = None

Alarm Indication = None

Alarm Source

Alarm Source Instance

Alarm Source Zone

Alarm Source Error

Alarm State

Alarm Latched

Alarm Silenced

Alarm Clearable

Alarm Working Process Value

Alarm Working Set Point

Alarm - Process

Output Value

When function = Process THEN

Output Value = True when Alarm Source <= Low Set Point or

>= High Set Point

IF Alarm Type = Process THEN

Output Value changes state when

Alarm Source exceeds Alarm Set

Points.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 149 Chapter 6 Features

Compare Function

Use the compare function to compare two analog values (A and B) for a condition such as are they equal. If the compare condition is met, the output turns on.

The tolerance is expressed in the same units as Source A Requires Source A and Source B to be without errors for function to work.

Error [28013] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD

Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Function

Error

Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

CPE

SEt

Compare - Overview

Instances - RME = 8

Output Value

Error

Compare Menu

Setup Page

Source Value A

Source Value B

Fn toL

SFn.A

Si.A

S2.A

SFn.b

Sib

S2.b

Er.h

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Function [28009] : Off, Greater Than, Less Than, Equal To,

Not Equal To, Greater or Equal, Less or Equal

Tolerance [28011] : 0.0 to 9,999.000 units or F

Source Function A [28001] : None, Analog Input, Current,

Cool Power, Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process

Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage,

Load Voltage, Load Resistance

Source Instance A [28003] : 1 to 250

Source Zone A [28005] : 0 to 24

Source Function B [28002] : None, Analog Input, Current,

Cool Power, Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process

Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage,

Load Voltage, Load Resistance

Source Instance B [28004] : 1 to 250

Source Zone B [28006] : 0 to 24

Error Handling [28012] : False Bad, False Good, True Bad, True Good

CPE oPEr

Compare Menu

Operations Page

Su.A

Su.b

o.u

Source Value A [28007] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 units or F

Source Value B [28008] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 units or F

Output Value [28010] : Off, On

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 150 Chapter 6 Features

Compare (cont .)

Function

Error

Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Compare - Off

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value

Error

No Compare, Output Value = OFF

Error

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare - Greater Than

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Error

A>B, Output Value = ON

Function

Error

Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare - Less Than

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Error

A<B, Output Value = ON

Error

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Compare - Equal To

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value

Error

A=B, Output Value = ON

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 151

Function

Error

Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare - Not Equal To

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Error

A not equal B, Output Value = ON

Function

Error

Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare - Greater or Equal

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Error

A>=B, Output Value = ON

Function

Error

Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare - Less or Equal

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Error

A<=B, Output Value = ON

Chapter 6 Features

Counter Function

Counters increment up or down from a preset value. When the count is equal to the target, the output value will be active.

• Function selects whether the counter increments or decrements the count value. Decrementing 0 returns 9,999; incrementing 9,999 returns 0.

• Source Function A selects which type of function increments the Count.

• Source Instance A and Source Zone A select which source to use.

• Count Active Level selects which state increments the Count.

• Source Function B selects which type of function resets the Count to the Load Value .

• Source Instance B and Source Zone B selects which source to use.

• Reset Active Level selects which state resets the Count.

• Load Value sets the counter's initial value. Count is set to this value each time the controller is powered up and each time the counter is reset.

• Target Value sets the value at which the output turns on.

• Latching sets the behavior for the output when Count exceeds the Target Value.

• Error [30016] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD

Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Count

Reset

Active

Active

Level

Load V

Level

Target V alue alue

Latching

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Count

Source Value A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value B

Output Value

Counter - Overview

Instances - RME = 8

Error

Ctr

SEt

Counter Menu

Setup Page

Fn

SFn.A

Si.A

S2.A

SAS.A

SFn.b

Si.b

S2.b

SAS.b

LoAd trgt

LAt

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Function [30009] : Up, Down

Source Function A [30001] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable,

Heater Error

Source Instance A [30003] : 1 to 250

Source Zone A [30005] : 0 to 24

Count Active Level [30011] : High, Low, Both

Source Function B [30002] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable,

Heater Error

Source Instance B [30004] : 1 to 250

Source Zone B [30006] : 0 to 24

Reset Active Level [30012] : High, Low, Both

Load Value [30013] : 0 to 9,999

Target Value [30014] : 0 to 9,999

Latching [30017] : No, Yes

Ctr oPEr

Counter Menu

Operations Page

Cnt

Su.A

Su.b

o.u

Count [30015] : 0 to 9,999

Source Value A [30007] : Off, On

Source Value B [30008] : Off, On

Output Value [30010] : Off, On

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 152 Chapter 6 Features

Current Function

Current sensing monitors the current that is flowing through the solid-state relay (SSR) in order to detect problems with the system.

• Use Sides to select which side of the current to monitor.

• Use Indicate Reading to display solid-state relay (SSR) failure and heater failure messages on the RUI (remote user interface).

• If Current Limit Enable is set to Yes, a short in the solid-state relay (SSR) will trigger the limit.

• Detection Threshold is for factory use only.

• Use Input Scaling to adjust scaling to match the transformer's high range, in amperes.

• Heater Offset is used to calibrate the current reading with an offset value.

• With Monitored Output and Monitored Zone, set the output on which the current will be monitored.

Sides eading

Monitored Zone

Low Set P oint oint

CT Input

Current - Overview

Instances - RME = 0, 4, 8, 12, 16

Load Current RMS

Current

Current Error

Heater Error

Actual Power

Error Status

CUrr

SEt

Current Menu

Setup Page

C.Sd

C.Ur

C.dt

C.SC

C.oFS

C.Si

Erяя

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Sides [15005] : Off, High, Low, Both

Indicate Reading [15004] : No, Yes

Dettection Threshold [15012] : 3 to 59

Input Scaling [15022] : 0 to 9,999.000

Heater Offset [15011] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Monitored Output [15019] : 1 to 250

Monitored Zone [15036] : 0 to 24

CUrr oPEr

Current Menu

Operations Page

C.hi

C.Lo

Ld.Cu

C.Er

h.Er

High Set Point [15008] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Low Set Point [15009] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Load Current RMS [15007] : 0 to 9,999.000

Current Error [15002] : None, Shorted, Open

Heater Error [15003] : None, High, Low

Current [15001] : 0 to 9,999.000

Actual Power [15020] : 0 to 100.0%

Error Status [15021] : None, Fail

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 153 Chapter 6 Features

Custom Function

Use custom menu to set the user defined parameters to display at the Home Page of an RUI/

Gateway.

Par iid

Custom - Overview

Instances - RME = 20

CUSt

FAc t

Custom Menu

Factory Page

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Parameter [14005] : None, Display Units,

User Settings Restore, Alarm Low Set Point,

Alarm High Set Point, Alarm Hysteresis, Custom

Instance ID [14003] : 1 to 16

Diagnostic Function

Pn rEu

S.bLd

Sn dAtE

Part Number

Software Revision

Software Build Number

Serial Number

Diagnostics - Overview

Instances - RME = 1

Date of Manufacture

Hardware ID

Device Status

Device Name diAg

FAct

Diagnostics Menu

Factory Page

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Hardware ID [1001] : 117 (RME)

Device Name [1011] : EZ-ZONE RM

Device Status [1016] : OK, Fail

Part Number [1009] :

Software Revision [1003] : 9.00, ...

Software Build Number [1005] :

Serial Number [1007] : xxxxxx

Date of Manufacture [1008] : YWW

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 154 Chapter 6 Features

Digital Input/Output Function

The Output Value is determined by Function connection and Direction.

• Error [6015] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD

Error, Fail,Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Time Base

Direction

Low P

Time Base

Type

High P owe owe r Scale dir

Fn

Fi

S2.A

o.Ct

o.tb

o.Lo

o.hi

di.S

do.S

Function

Output Function Instance

Output Source Zone

Output State

Digital I/O Value

Digital I/O - Overview

Instances - RME = 0, 6, 12, 18 or 24

Error

dio

SEt

Digital I/O Menu

Setup Page

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Direction [6001] : Output, Input Voltage, Input Dry Contact

Function [6005] : Off, Analog Input, Alarm, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Linearization,

Math, Process Value, Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer,

Variable

Output Function Instance [6006] : 1 to 24

Output Source Zone [6012] : 0 to 16

Time Base Type [6002] : Fixed Time Base, Variable Time Base

Fixed Time Base [6003] : 0.1 to 60.0 seconds

Low Power Scale [6009] : 0.0 to 100.0 %

High Power Scale [6010] : 0.0 to 100.0 %

dio

oPEr

Digital I/O Menu

Operations Page

Input State [6011] : On, Off

Output State [6007] : On, Off

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 155 Chapter 6 Features

Digital Input/Output (cont .)

Time Base

Direction

Low P

Time Base

Type

High P owe owe r Scale

Digital Input Value

Digital I/O as

Input State

Digital I/O Value

Input

Error

Time Base

Direct ion

Low P

Type

High P

Time Base ower Scale

Function

Output Function Instance

Output Source Zone

Digital I/O as

Output State

Digital I/O Value

Output

Error

Global Function

AC Line Frequency

Display Units

As

Global - Overview

Instances - RME = 1

Output Value gLbL

SEt

Global Menu

Setup Page

C_F

AC.Lf

d.PrS

USr.S

USr.r

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Display Units [3005] : F, C

AC Line Frequency [1034] : 50 Hz, 60 Hz

Display Pairs [3028] : 1 to 10

Save Settings As [1014] : None, User Set 1

Restore Settings From [1013] : None, User Set 1, Factory

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 156 Chapter 6 Features

Linearization Function

This function will take an analog Source A and re-linearize using a 10-point offset, then add

Offset and produce an Output Value.

• Error [34028]: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD

Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stalee

Function

Output P

Units oint 1

Output P oint 1 oint 2

Output P oint 2 oint 3

Output P oint 3 oint 4

Output P oint 4 oint 5

Output P oint 5 oint 6 oint 6 oint 7

Output P

Output P oint 7 oint 8 oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Linearization - Overview

Instances - RME = 8

Source Value A

Output Value

Error

Lnr

SEt

Linearization Menu

Setup Page

Fn

SFn.A

Si.A

S2.A

Unit oP.3

iP.4

oP.4

iP.5

oP.5

iP.6

oP.6

iP.7

iP.1

oP.1

iP.2

oP.2

iP.3

oP.7

iP.8

oP.8

iP.9

oP.9

iP.10

iP.10

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Function [34005] : Off, Interpolated, Stepped

Source Function A [34001] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value,

Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Variable

Source Instance A [34002] : 1 to 24

Source Zone A [34003] : 0 to 16

Units [34029] : Source, None, Absolute Temperature,

Relative Temperature, Power, Process, Relative Humidity

Input Point 1 [34008] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 1 [34018] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 2 [34009] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 2 [34019] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 3 [34010] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 3 [34020] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 4 [34011] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 4 [34021] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 5 [34012] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 5 [34022] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 6 [34013] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 6 [34023] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 7 [34014] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 7 [34024] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 8 [34015] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 8 [34025] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 9 [34016] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 9 [34026] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Input Point 10 [34017] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Point 10 [34027] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Lnr oPEr

Linearization Menu

Operations Page

Su.A

oFSt o.u

Source Value A [34004] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Offset [34006] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Value [34007] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 157 Chapter 6 Features

Linearization (cont .)

Function

Input P

Units oint 1

Output P oint 1 oint 2

Output P oint 2 oint 3

Output P oint 3 oint 4

Output P oint 4

Output P

Output P oint 5 oint 5 oint 6 oint 6 oint 7 oint 7 oint 8 oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Linearization - Off

Source Value A

Output Value

Error

Function

Input P

Units oint 1

Output P oint 1 oint 2

Output P oint 2 oint 3

Output P oint 3 oint 4

Output P oint 4 oint 5

Output P oint 5 oint 6

Output P oint 6 oint 7 oint 7 oint 8 oint 8

Output P oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Linearization - Interpolated

Source Value A

Output Value

Error

Function

Input P

Units oint 1

Output P

Output P oint 1 oint 2 oint 2

Output P oint 3 oint 3 oint 4

Output P oint 4 oint 5

Output P oint 5 oint 6 oint 6 oint 7

Output P oint 7 oint 8 oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Linearization - Stepped

Source Value A

Output Value

Error

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 158 Chapter 6 Features

Logic Function

• Error [27036] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD

Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Function

Error Handling

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Fn

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - Overview

Instances - RME = 16

Output Value

Error

LgC

SEt

Logic Menu

Setup Page

Error [27036] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error,

Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error,

Not Sourced, Stale

SFn.A

Si.A

S2.A

SFn.b

Si.b

S2.b

SFn.C

Si.C

S2.C

SFn.d

Si.d

S2.d

SFn.E

Si.E

S2.E

SFn.F

Si.F

S2.F

SFn.g

Si.g

S2.g

SFn.h

Si.h

S2.h

Er.h

Function [27033] : Off, AND, OR, Equal To, NAND, NOR, Not Equal To, Latch,

RS FlipFlop

Source Function A [27001] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error

Source Instance A [27009] : 1 to 250

Source Zone A [27017] : 0 to 24

Source Function B [27002] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error

Source Instance B [27010] : 1 to 250

Source Zone B [27018] : 0 to 24

Source Function C [27003] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error

Source Instance C [27011] : 1 to 250

Source Zone C [27019] : 0 to 24

Source Function D [27004] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error

Source Instance D [27012] : 1 to 250

Source Zone D [27020] : 0 to 24

Source Function E [27005] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error

Source Instance E [27013] : 1 to 250

Source Zone E [27021] : 0 to 24

Source Function F [27006] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error

Source Instance F [27014] : 1 to 250

Source Zone F [27022] : 0 to 24

Source Function G [27007] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error

Source Instance G [27015] : 1 to 250

Source Zone G [27023] : 0 to 250

Source Function H [27008] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error

Source Instance H [27016] : 1 to 250

Source Zone H [27024] : 0 to 24

Error Handling [27035] : True Good, True Bad, False Good, False Bad

LgC oPEr

Logic Menu

Operations Page

Su.A

Su.b

Su.C

Su.d

Su.E

Su.F

Su.g

Su.h

o.u

Source Value A [27025] : Off, On

Source Value B [27026] : Off, On

Source Value C [27027] : Off, On

Source Value D [27028] : Off, On

Source Value E [27029] : Off, On

Source Value F [27030] : Off, On

Source Value G [27031] : Off, On

Source Value H [27032] : Off, On

Output Value [27034] : Off, On

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 159 Chapter 6 Features

Logic (cont .)

Function Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - AND

Output Value

A * B * C * D * E * F * G * H = ON

Function

Error

Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - OR

Output Value

Error

A + B + C + D + E + F + G + H = ON

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module

Function Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic -

A * B * C * D * E * F * G * H = ON

NAND

Output Value

Error

Function Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - NOR

A + B + C + D + E + F + G + H = ON

160

Output Value

Error

Chapter 6 Features

Logic (cont .)

Function

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - Not Equal

Output Value

If A = B = C = D = E = F = G = H then ON

Error

Error Handling

Function

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - Latch

Output Value

Output Value follows A, unless B = ON

Latch Output while B = ON

Error

Error Handling

Function

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic - Equal

Output Value

If A = B = C = D = E = F = G = H then ON

Error

Error Handling

Function Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Logic -

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

RS Flip Flop

A Sets Output Value ON, B Resets Output Value OFF

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 161 Chapter 6 Features

Logic (cont .)

Function

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic -

Output Value = Off

Off

Output Value

Error

Error Handling

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 162 Chapter 6 Features

Math Function

The Math function block accepts multiple inputs and performs a programmed math function to derive an output value with Filter and Offset values applied. It is assumed that no input error conditions apply. Some math operations must be performed in the user's units. Functions may combine multiple inputs. Those inputs may have incompatible units from a logical point of view. As a result, unless otherwise indicated, the presentation of the output value is the same as Source A. This accommodates temperatures being multiplied, divided and offset by constants and process inputs. Only inputs pointed to a source are used in the calculations.

• Error [25029]: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD

Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Function

Range Low

Units

Filter Offset

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math - Overview

Instances - RME = 8

Output Value

Error

ЛЏAt

SEt

Math Menu

Setup Page

Fn

SFn.A

Si.A

S2.A

SFn.b

Si.b

S2.b

SFn.C

Si.C

S2.C

SFn.d

S.id

S2.d

SFn.E

Si.E

S2.E

S.Lo

S.hi

Unit r.Lo

r.hi

P.unt

A.unt

FiL

Function [25021] : Off, Average, Process Scale, Deviation Scale, Switch Over,

Differential, Ratio, Add, Multiply, Absolute Difference, Minimum, Maximum,

Square Root, Sample and Hold, Pressure to Altitude, Dewpoint

Source Function A [25001] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,

Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage, Load Voltage, Load Resistance

Source Instance A [25006] : 1 to 250

Source Zone A [25011] : 0 to 24

Source Function B [25005] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,

Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage, Load Voltage, Load Resistance

Source Instance B [25007] : 1 to 250

Source Zone B [25012] : 0 to 24

Source Function C [25003] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,

Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage, Load Voltage, Load Resistance

Source Instance C [25008] : 1 to 250

Source Zone C [25013] : 0 to 24

Source Function D [25004] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,

Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage, Load Voltage, Load Resistance

Source Instance D [25009] : 1 to 250

Source Zone D [25014] : 0 to 24

Source Function E [25005] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable

Source Instance E [25010] : 1 to 250

Source Zone E [25015] : 0 to 24

Scale Low [25024] : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0

Scale High [25025] : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0

Unit [25032] Source, None, Absolute Temperature, Relative Temperature,

Power, Process, Relative Humidity

Range Low [25026] : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0

Range High [25027] : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0

Pressure Units [25030] : PSI, Torr, mBar, Atmosphere, Pascal

Altitude Units [25031] : Feet, Kilofeet

Filter [25028] : 0.0 to 60.0 seconds

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

ЛЏAt oPEr

Math Menu

Operations Page

RME Module

Su.A

Su.b

Su.C

Su.d

Su.E

o.u

oFSt

Source Value A [25016] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Source Value B [25017] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Source Value C [25018] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Source Value D [25019] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Source Value E [25020] : Off, On

Output Value [25022] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Offset [25023] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

163 Chapter 6 Features

Math (cont .)

Units

Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]

Display units follows Source A

Off

Output Value

Error

Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Process Scale

Output Value

Error

If B = OFF, Output Value = Filter [(Range High -

Range Low) / (Scale High - Scale Low) * (A - Scale

Low) + Range Low + Offset]

If B = ON, Output Value = Filter [B + Offset]

Scale Low/High and Range Low/High follows Source

A display units when Units is set to Source, else follow

Units setting.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 164

Units

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math - Average

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(Average (A + B + C + D)) + Offset]

Display units follows the last source that is temperature else follow Source A

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Deviation Scale

Output Value

Error

If B = OFF, Output Value = Filter [((Range High -

Range Low) / (Scale High - Scale Low)) * (A - Scale

Low) + Range Low + B + Offset]

If B = ON, Output Value = Filter [B + Offset]

Scale Low/High and Range Low/High follows Source

A display units when Units is set to Source, else follow

Units setting.

Chapter 6 Features

Math (cont .)

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Switch Over

Output Value

Error

If B = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]

If B = ON, Output Value = Filter [B + Offset]

Display units follows active source.

Units

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math - Ratio

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A / B) + Offset]

If display units of Source A = Source B, no display units on output value, else follow Source A

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 165

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Differential

Output Value

Output Value = Filter [(A - B) + Offset]

Display units follows Source A plus relative

Source B

Error

Units

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math - Add

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A + B + C + D) + Offset]

Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A

Chapter 6 Features

Math (cont .)

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math - Multiply

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A * B * C * D) + Offset]

Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A

Units

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Math -

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Minimum

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Minimum Value (A : B : C

: D) + Offset]

Display units follows Source with minimum value.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 166

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Absolute Difference

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [| A - B | + Offset]

Display units follow Source A plus relative

Source B

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Math -

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Maximum

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Maximum Value (A : B :

C : D) + Offset]

Display units follows Source with maximum value.

Chapter 6 Features

Math (cont .)

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Square Root

Output Value

Output Value = Filter [Sqr Root A + Offset]

Display units follows Source A

Error

Units

Altitude Units

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Pressure to Altitude

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Convert Source A in Pressure to

Altitude + Offset]

Note: Pressure Altitude calculation is based on the

International Standard Atmosphere 1976. Source A is a pressure signal and needs to be in PSI units for the calculation. The calculation is accurate from sea level to

90,000 feet. It can be used beyond this range in both directions, but with loss of accuracy. The standard is based on an altitude of 0 feet (sea level) pressure of 14.6967 PSI and a temperature of 59 degrees F. Result of calculation is in feet.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 167

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math -

Sample and Hold

Output Value

Error

If E = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]

If E = ON, Output Value = Filter [last value of A + Offset]

Display units follows Source A

Units

Range High

Altitude Units

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Math -

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Dewpoint

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [427.26 * (CP * B / 8.8618)

/ (17.27- (CP * B / 8.8618)) + 32 + Offset]

Source A is used for Calculated Pressure or CP ;

Note: For dewpoint, Source A is temperature (F) and Source B is RH (%). Saturation pressure calculation is identical to that used in wet/dry bulb. Result is in degrees F.

Chapter 6 Features

Modbus

®

Function

Configure the Modbus RTU serial communication settings using these parameters.

Modbus

Modbus W ord Order

Parity

Non-V olatile Save

Communications - Modbus RTU

Instances - RME = 0, 1

Co ЛЏ

SEt

Communications Menu

Setup Page bAUd

PAr

ЛЏ.hL

C_F nU.S

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Baud Rate [17002] : 19600, 19200, 38400

Parity [17003] : None, Even, Odd

Modbus Word Order [17043] : Word Low High, Word High Low

Display Units [17050] : F, C

Non-Volatile Save [17051] : No, Yes

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 168 Chapter 6 Features

Output Function

This function configures and connects physical outputs to internal functions.

Note:

Digital Outputs not included on these sheets

• Output Value [18019] : 0 to 10.0 volts or 0 to 20.00 milliamperes

• Output Value [6011] : On, Off

• Error: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error,

Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Calibration Offset

Low P

Tim

Type

High P owe e Base owe r Scale r Scale

Output

Scale Low

Type

Function

Output Function Instance

Output Source Zone

Output Source Error

Output Value

Error

Digital Output - Overview

Instances - RME = 0, 1 to 4, 7 to 10,

13 to 16, 19 to 22 otPt

SEt

Output Menu

Setup Page

Function

Output Function Instance

Source Zone A

Output Source Error

Output Value

Analog Output - Overview

Instances - RME = 0, 1 to 3, 7 to 9

13 to 15, 19 to 21

Error

Fn

Fi

S2 o.Ct

o.tb

o.Lo

o.hi

o.ty

Fn

Fi

S2.A

S.Lo

S.hi

r.Lo

r.hi

o.CA

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Function [6005] : Off, Analog Input, Alarm, Cool Power, Heat Power,

Compare, Counter, Digital I/O. Profile Event Out A to H,

Function Key, Logic, Linearization, Math, Process Value,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error

Output Function Instance [6006] : 1 to 250

Output Source Zone [6012] : 0 to 24

Time Base Type [6002] : Fixed Time Base, Variable Time Base

Fixed Time Base [6003] : 0.1 to 60.0 seconds

Low Power Scale [6009] : 0 to 100 %

High Power Scale [6010] : 0 to 100 %

Output Type [18001] : Volts, Milliamps

Function [18002] : Off, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value,

Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Special Function Output 1 to 4,

Variable, Wattage, Load Voltage, Load Resistance

Output Function Instance [18004] : 1 to 250

Source Zone A [18019] : 0 to 24

Scale Low [18009] : 0.0 to 20.00

Scale High [18010] : 0.0 to 20.00

Range Low [18011] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Range High [18012] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Calibration Offset [18007] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 169 Chapter 6 Features

Security Function

If Password is enabled, the user must enter the Password to get to menus that have been blocked due to lock level settings. Rolling passwords required a new password each time the power has been cycled to the controller. It will be different for every controller. The administrator password is required to change the security settings even if the user enters their password to override the security settings.

Administrator P

Locked

Operations P

Read Lock age

User P assword

Public K

Password ey

Security Function Block - Overview

Instances - RME = 1

LoC

FAct

Lock Menu

Factory Page

LoC.o

r.LoC

S.LoC

LoC.L

roL.L

PAS.u

PAS.A

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Operations Page [3002] : 1 to 3

Read Lock [3010] : 1 to 5

Write Security [3011] : 1 to 5

Locked Access Level [3016] : 1 to 5

Rolling Password [3019] : Off, On

User Password [3017] : 10 to 999

Administrator Password [3018] : 10 to 999

ULoC

FAct

Unlock Menu

Factory Page

CodE

PASS

Public Key [3020] : 0 to 9999

Password [3022] : 10 to 999

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 170 Chapter 6 Features

Special Output Function

This function is used to configure outputs when used with compressors, motorized valves or sequencers.

• Error 1 [35011], Error 2 [35013], Error 3 [35015], Error 4 [35017]: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Input Input

Function

Input B

A Turn Off

Minimum On

Valve

Turn Off

Time

Travel

Time

Dead Band

Time

Output 2 Size

Output 4 Size

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Special Output - Overview

Instances - RME = 4

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value 1

Output Value 2

Output Value 3

Output Value 4

Error 1 to 4

Su.A

Su.b

o.u1

o.u2

o.u3

o.u4

Si.A

S2.A

SFn.b

Si.b

S2.b

Pon.A

PoF.A

Pon.b

PoF.b

on.t

oF.t

t.t

db o.S1

o.S2

o.S3

o.S4

t.dL

ot.o

Fn

SFn.A

SoF

SEt

Special Output Function Menu

Setup Page

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Function [35009] : Off, Compressor Control,

Motorized Valve, Sequencer

Source Function A [35001] : None, Analog Input,

Cool Power, Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math,

Process Value, Special Function Output 1, Variable

Source Instance A [35003] : 1 to 250

Source Zone A [35005] : 0 to 24

Source Function B [35002] : None, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Variable

Source Instance B [35004] : 1 to 250

Source Zone B [35006] : 0 to 24

Input A Turn On [35018] : -100.0 to 100.0 %

Input A Turn Off [35019] : -100.0 to 100.0 %

Input B Turn On [35020] : -100.0 to 100.0 %

Input B Turn Off [35021] : -100.0 to 100.0 %

Minimum On Time [35022] : 0 to 9,999 seconds

Minimum Off Off Time [35023] : 0 to 9,999 seconds

Valve Travel Time [35024] : 10 to 9,999 seconds

Dead Band [35025] : 1.0 to 100.0 %

Output 1 Size [35028] : 0 to 9,999

Output 2 Size [35029] : 0 to 9,999

Output 3 Size [35030] : 0 to 9,999

Output 4 Size [35031] : 0 to 9,999

Time Delay [35026] : 0 to 9,999 seconds

Output Order [35027] : Linear, Progressive

SoF oPEr

Special Output Function Menu

Operations Page

Source Value A [35007] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Source Value B [35008] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Output Value 1 [35010] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 %

Output Value 2 [35012] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 %

Output Value 3 [35014] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 %

Output Value 4 [35016] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 %

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 171 Chapter 6 Features

Special Output (cont .)

Off

Input

Funct

Input ion

Input B

A Turn Off

Minimum On

Valve

Turn Off

Time

Travel

Time

Dead Band

Time

Output 2 Siz e e e e

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Special Output - Off

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value 1

Output Value 2

Output Value 3

Output Value 4

Error 1 to 4

Compressor Control

Compressor Control is not typically used to control an application's process value directly.

Rather, these parameters are used to allow one or two control loops to use a compressor, to switch on the compressor in anticipation of its use and to control cycling of the compressor to reduce wear.

• Use Source Function A to select the type of function that will inform whether the compressor will soon be required for the first loop.

• Use Source Function B to select the type of function that will inform whether the compressor will soon be required for the second loop.

• Use Source Instance A and B and Source Zone A and B to select which source to use.

• Set Input A Turn On and Input A Turn Off to the Source A values that will switch the compressor on and off.

• Set Input B Turn On and Input B Turn Off to the Source B values that will switch the compressor on and off.

• Set Minimum On Time and Minimum Off Time to the minimum span of time, in seconds, that the compressor will be on or off.

• Set Time Delay to the maximum amount of time, in seconds, that the output to the compressor remains on while both inputs are 0%.

Input

Input

Function

Valve

Travel

Time

Time

Dead Band

Time

Output Output Out

1 Size

2 Size

Time Delay

Or der

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Special Output -

Compressor Control

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value 1

Output Value 2

Output Value 3

Output Value 4

Error 1 to 4

172 Chapter 6 Features

Special Output (cont .)

Motorized Valve

A motorized valve is used is to regulate the flow of fluid which in turn impacts the loop pro cess value. A valve is closed via Output Value 1 or opened via Output Value 2 by closing contacts connected to these output values to drive the valve in the intended direction. This feature is configured by selecting Motorized Valve as the function in the Setup Page, Special

Output Function menu.

• Source Function A is selected for either Heat or Cool Power then entering the Valve Travel

Time and Deadband.

• Lastly, program the outputs which will open and close the valve. The algorithm will calculate Dead Time which is the minimum on time that the valve will travel once it is turned on in either the closed or open direction. Dead Time = Valve Dead Band / 100 * Valve Travel

Time.

Input

Input

Function

Input B

A Turn Off

Minimum On

Turn Off

Valve

Time

Travel

Time

Dead Band

Time

Out put

Output

1 Size

2 Size

Output

3 Size

4 Size Or der

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Special Output -

Motorized Valve

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value 1

Output Value 2

Output Value 3

Output Value 4

Error 1 to 4

Sequencer

A sequencer takes a single input power signal and splits it up into multiple output signals.

Each output represents a portion of the total output capacity. The primary output which is often referred to as the vernier output represents a larger portion of the total output capacity than any of the other outputs. The vernier output is always a proportional signal while the other outputs are ON/OFF.

Input

Input

Function

Valve

Travel

Time Time

Dead Band

Time

Output 2 Size Output 4 Size

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Special Output -

Sequencer

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value 1

Output Value 2

Output Value 3

Output Value 4

Error 1 to 4

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 173 Chapter 6 Features

Timer Function

• Error [31018] = None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD

Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

• Running [31015] = Off, ON

Run

Active

Function

Transmitter

Reset

Active Level

Level

Active Level

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Timer - Overview

Instances - RME = 8

Error t ЛЏr

SEt

Timer Menu

Setup Page

Fn

SFn.A

Si.A

S2.A

SAS.A

SFn.b

Si.b

S2.b

SAS.b

ti

LEu

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Function [31009] : Off, On Pulse, Delay, One Shot, Retentive

Source Function A [31001] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter,

Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable

Source Instance A [31003] : 1 to 250

Source Zone A [31005] : 0 to 24

Run Active Level [31011] : High (rising), Low (falling)

Source Function B [31002] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter,

Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic,

Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable

Source Instance B [3104] : 1 to 250

Source Zone B [31006] : 0 to 24

Reset Active Level [31012] : High (rising), Low (falling)

Time [31013] : 0.0 to 9,999.0 seconds

Active Level [31014] : High, Low tЛЏr oPEr

Timer Menu

Operations Page

Su.A

Su.b

E.t

o.u

Source Value A [31007] : Off, On

Source Value B [31008] : Off, On

Elapsed Time [31016] : 0.0 to 9,999.0 seconds

Output Value [31010] : Off, On

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 174 Chapter 6 Features

Timer (cont .)

Off

Run

Reset

Active

Function

Transmitter

Active Level

Level

Active Level

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Timer - Off

Source Value A

Source Value B

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Error

Output Value = OFF

On Pulse

An On Pulse Timer is used to produce an output pulse of a constant duration. It can be used as a minimum on time for compressor control or other devices that do not want excessive cycling. Use Function to select On Pulse.

• On Pulse timers out-

Run

Reset

Active

Function

Transmitter

Active Level

Level

Active Level

Time put a pulse of a set duration that is triggered or restarted by the level of Source A.

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Elapsed Time

• Source Function A selects the type of source used for the input.

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Timer - On Pulse

Error

• Source Instance A and

Source Zone A selects which source to use.

high

Timing Diagram of On Pulse with active state rising edge

• Run Active Level sets which state makes the timer run or reset.

Run Active Level = High

Transmitter Active Level = High

Output Value

• Time sets the time duration of the output pulse.

low on off

Time

0+t

• Transmitter Active

Level sets which out-

Elapsed Time

0 put state indicates the elapsed time is greater than or equal to the Time setting.

Time Time

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 175 Chapter 6 Features

Timer (cont .)

Delay

A delay timer is used to cause a delaying action. The delay can be made to happen on either the leading or trailing edge. This can be used to keep short input pulses from propagating or to have a secondary action occur at a known amount of time after the primary action; such as, turning on successive output devices.

• Use Function to select Delay.

• Delay timers will delay the response of a signal presented to Source A and then switch the output value.

• Source Function A selects the type of source used for the input.

• Source Instance A and Source Zone A selects which source to use.

• Run Active Level sets which state makes the timer run or reset.

• Overlap of run signal to time signal determines output value on time. If run signal is less than time signal, output does not activate.

• Transmitter Active Level sets which output state indicates the run time is greater than the

Time setting.

Run

Reset

Active

Function

Transmitter

Active Level

Level

Active Level

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Timer - Delay

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Error

Timing Diagram of Delay with active state rising edge

Run Active Level = High

Transmitter Active Level = High

Output Value high low on off

Time

0+t

Time Time

Elapsed Time

0

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 176 Chapter 6 Features

Timer (cont .)

One Shot

The One Shot timer functions like a simple oven timer. The time value gets set by the user and it counts down to zero without retaining the original time (hence the name one-shot).

This is intended to be used in applications where the user will manually set different times for each process.

• Use Function to select One Shot.

• One Shot timers count down while Source A is active; otherwise it holds. Preset of Time clears once time is elapsed.

• Source Function A selects the type of source used for the input.

• Source Instance A and Source Zone A selects which source to use.

• Run Active Level sets which state makes the timer count down.

• Transmitter Active Level sets which output state indicates the the timer is in countdown operation.

Transmitter

Run

Reset

Active

Function

Active Level

Level

Active Level

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Timer - One Shot

Error

Timing Diagram of One Shot with active state rising edge high

Run Active Level = High low on

Timer Timing off on

Transmitter Active Level = High

Output Value off

Pre-set Time edit

Countdown Time

Pre-set Time edit

Elapsed Time

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 177 Chapter 6 Features

Timer (cont .)

Retentive

A retentive timer is used to keep track of how much time something has been in a particular state. For example, this can be used to time how long something has been in an alarm state or how long it has been since a profile or step ran. The output can be used to trigger an event if the elapsed time has grown excessive.

• Use Function to select Retentive.

• Retentive timers count up from 0 to the Time parameter while Source A is active; otherwise it holds. It can be reset by Source B. The Elapsed time will continue to count up until the maximum value is reached and then rolls over unless a reset pulse is generated.

• Source Function A selects the type of source used for the input.

• Source Instance A and Source Zone A selects which source to use.

• Run Active Level sets which state makes the timer countdown.

• Transmitter Active Level sets which output state indicates the the timer is in countdown operation.

Run

Reset

Active

Function

Transmitter

Active Level

Level

Active Level

Time high

Run Active Level = High low on

Timer Timing off high

Reset Active Level = High low on

Transmitter Active Level = High

Output Value off

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Timer - Retentive

Error

Timing Diagram of Retentive with all active state rising edge

Elapsed Time

Time

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 178 Chapter 6 Features

Variable Function

A variable function block is used to store a user sup plied value and provide a source input to another function block with that value. As an example, you could use a variable function value as one input to a compare function. The other input to the compare function would determine the output value based on the user's supplied value.

This function simply passes the stored value to its output.

• Error [2005] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD

Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

• Output Value [2004] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 or On or Off

Data

Type

Units alue alue

Output Value

Error

Variable - Overview

Instances - RME = 16 uAr

SEt

Variable Menu

Setup Page tyPE

Unit dig

AnLg

Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices

Data Type [2001] : Analog, Digital

Units [2007] : None, Absolute Temperature,

Relative Temperature, Power, Process,

Relative Humidity

Digital Value [2002] : On, Off

Analog Value [2003] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Data

Type

Units alue alue

Data

Type

Units alue alue

Output Value

Error

Variable - Digital

Output Value

Error

Variable - Analog

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 179 Chapter 6 Features

8

Chapter 8: Appendix

Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Module Issues

Indication Description Possible Cause(s)

Alarm won’t clear or reset

Alarm won’t occur

Alarm Error

AL.E1 AL.E2

AL.E3 AL.E4

AL.E5 AL.E6

AL.E7 AL.E8

Alarm will not clear or reset with keypad or digital input

Alarm will not activate output

Alarm state cannot be determined due to lack of sensor input

• Alarm latching is active

• Alarm set to incorrect output

• Alarm is set to incorrect source

• Sensor input is out of alarm set point range

• Alarm set point is incorrect

• Alarm is set to incorrect type

• Digital input function is incorrect

• Alarm silencing is active

• Alarm blocking is active

• Alarm is set to incorrect output

• Alarm is set to incorrect source

• Alarm set point is incorrect

• Alarm is set to incorrect type

• Sensor improperly wired or open

• Incorrect setting of sensor type

• Calibration corrupt

Corrective Action

• Reset alarm when process is within range or disable latching

• Set output to correct alarm source instance

• Set alarm source to correct input instance

• Correct cause of sensor input out of alarm range

• Set alarm set point to correct trip point

• Set alarm to correct type: process, deviation or power

• Set digital input function and source instance

• Disable alarm silencing, if required

• Disable alarm blocking, if required

• Set output to correct alarm source instance

• Set alarm source to correct input instance

• Set alarm set point to correct trip point

• Set alarm to correct type: process, deviation or power

• Correct wiring or replace sensor

• Match setting to sensor used

• Check calibration of controller

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 180 Chapter 8 Appendix

Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Module Issues (

cont .

)

Indication

Alarm Low

AL.L1 AL.L2

AL.L3 AL.L4

AL.L5 AL.L6

AL.L7 AL.L8

Alarm High

AL.h1 AL.h2

AL.h3 AL.h4

AL.h5 AL.h6

AL.h7 AL.h8

No Display

Description

Sensor input below low alarm set point

Sensor input above high alarm set point

No display indication or LED illumination

Possible Cause(s)

• Temperature is less than alarm set point

• Alarm is set to latching and an alarm occurred in the past

• Incorrect alarm set point

• Incorrect alarm source

• Temperature is greater than alarm set point

• Alarm is set to latching and an alarm occurred in the past

• Incorrect alarm set point

• Incorrect alarm source

• Power to controller is off

• Fuse open

• Breaker tripped

• Safety interlock switch open

• Separate system limit control activated

• Wiring error

• Incorrect voltage to controller

Corrective Action

• Check cause of under temperature

• Clear latched alarm

• Establish correct alarm set point

• Set alarm source to proper setting

• Check cause of over temperature

• Clear latched alarm

• Establish correct alarm set point

• Set alarm source to proper setting

• Turn on power

• Replace fuse

• Reset breaker

• Close interlock switch

• Reset limit

• Correct wiring issue

• Apply correct voltage, check part number

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module

181

Chapter 8 Appendix

Indication

No Serial

Communication

Device Error

100 rEtn

Heater Error

h.Er

Description

Cannot establish serial communications with the controller

Controller displays internal malfunction message at power up.

Heater Error

Possible Cause(s)

• Address parameter incorrect

• Incorrect protocol selected

• Baud rate incorrect

• Parity incorrect

• Wiring error

• EIA-485 converter issue

Corrective Action

• Set unique addresses on network

• Match protocol between devices

• Match baud rate between devices

• Match parity between devices

• Correct wiring issue

• Check settings or replace converter

• Set correct communication port

• Incorrect computer or

PLC communications port

• Incorrect software setup

• Wires routed with power cables

• Termination resistor may be required

• Controller defective

• Sensor input over driven

• Current through load is above current trip set point

• Current through load is below current trip set point

• Correct software setup to match controller

• Route communications wires away from power wires

• Place 120 Ω resistor across EIA-485 on last controller

• Replace or repair controller

• Check sensors for ground loops, reverse wiring or out of range values.

• Check that the load current is proper. Correct cause of overcurrent and/or ensure current trip set point is correct.

• Check that the load current is proper. Correct cause of undercurrent and/or ensure current trip set point is correct.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 182 Chapter 8 Appendix

Indication

Current Error

C.Er

Remote User

Interface

(RUI) menus inaccessible

RUI value to low

vaL.L

RUI value to high

vaL.h

Description

Load current incorrect.

Unable to access

sEt

,

opEr

or

fCty

menus or particular prompts in Home Page

Value to low to be displayed in 4 digit

LED display <-1999

Value to high to be displayed in 4 digit

LED display >9999

Possible Cause(s)

• Shorted solid-state or mechanical relay

• Open solid-state or mechanical relay

• Current transformer load wire associated to wrong output

• Defective current transformer or controller

• Noisy electrical lines

• Security set to incorrect level

• Digital input set to lockout keypad

• Custom parameters incorrect

• Incorrect setup

* Minimum in Global Menu

allows values less than

-1999.000

• Incorrect setup

* Maximum in Global

Menu allows values

greater than 9999.000

Corrective Action

• Replace relay

• Replace relay

• Route load wire through current transformer from correct output, and go to the

Csi

Source Output Instance parameter (Setup Page, Current Menu) to select the output that is driving the load.

• Replace or repair sensor or controller

• Route wires appropriately, check for loose connections, add line filters

• Check

LoC

word in

settings in

Factory Page

• Enter appropriate pass-

ULoC

Factory Page

setting in

• Change state of digital input

• Change custom parameters in Factory Page

• Check scaling of source data

• Check scaling of source data

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module

183

Chapter 8 Appendix

RME Specifications

Line Voltage/Power

• 20.4 to 30.8Vı (ac/dc), 50/60Hz, ±5 percent

• Power consumption: 7 W, 14VA

• Any external power supply used should comply with a class 2 or SELV rating. (Safety Extra

Low Voltage)

• Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory

• Compliant with Semi F47-0200, Figure R1-1 voltage sag requirem

Environment

• 0 to 149°F (-18 to 65°C) operating temperature

• -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C) storage temperature

• 0 to 90 percent RH, non-condensing

• RMC modules are considered to be open type equipment needing to be installed in a fire and shock protection enclosure, such as a NEMA Type 1 enclosure; unless all circuit connections are Class 2 or SELV

Agency Approvals

• UL

®

/EN 61010 listed; c-UL C22.2 #61010 File E185611 QUYX, QUYX7

• ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2007 Hazardous Locations Class 1, Div. 2-Group A, B, C, D Temperature code T4 (optional) File E184390 QUZW, QUZW7

• EN 60529 IP20; RM modules

• UL

®

50, Type 4X Indoor use, EN 60529 IP66; 1⁄16 DIN RUI, NEMA 4X

• RoHS by design, W.E.E.E.

• CE

Serial Communications

• The RME module ships with isolated standard bus protocol for configuration and communication connection to all other EZ-ZONE products, Modbus RTU is optional.

Maximum RM System Configuration

• Maximum system capacity is 16 (up to 152 loops) with one RM Access (RMA) module.

Mounting

• DIN-rail specification EN50022, 35 x 7.5 mm (1.38 x 0.30 in.)

• Can be DIN-rail mounted or chassis mounted with customer-supplied fasteners

Dimensions

155.0 mm

(6.10 in)

116.08 mm

(4.57 in)

Weight

Controller:

453.59 g (16 oz.)

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 184 Chapter 8 Appendix

RME Specifications (

cont .

)

Wiring Termination—Touch-Safe Terminals

• Right angle and front screw type terminal blocks (slots A, B, D, E)

- Input, power and controller output terminals, touch-safe removable 12 to 30 AWG

- Wire strip length 7.6 mm (0.30 in.)

- Torque 0.56 Nm (5.0 lb.-in.) right angle, 0.5 Nm (4.51 lb-in) front terminal block

• Ring lug terminal block

- Wire strip length 7.6 mm (0.30 in.)

- Torque 1.13 Nm (10.0 lb.-in.)

• Use solid or stranded copper conductors only

Connector

Standard

Straight

Ring Terminal

Dimension “A” (mm/in .)

148 (5.80)

155 (6.10)

166 (6.50)

Digital Input

-

DC voltage

- Max. input 36V @ 3mA

- Min. high state 3V at 0.25mA

- Max. low state 2V

-

Dry contact

- Min. open resistance 10KΩ

- Max. closed resistance 50Ω

- Max. short circuit 13mA

• Digital input update rate 10Hz

Output Hardware

• Digital outputs

- Update rate 10Hz

- Switched DC

» Output voltage 20VÎ (dc) or 12VÎ (dc), user selectable

» Max. supply current source 40mA at 20VÎ (dc) and 80mA at 12VÎ (dc)

- Open Collector

» Switched voltage max.: 32VÎ (dc)

» Max. switched current per output: 1.5A

» Max. switched current for all 6 outputs combined: 8A

Dual Solid-State Relays

• Form A, 10A max. each SSRs combined at 24VÅ (ac) min., 264VÅ (ac) max., opto-isolated, without contact suppression

- Max. resistive load 10A per output at 240V

Å

(ac)

- Max. 20A per card at 122°F (50°C), max.

- Max. 12A per card at 149°F (65°C), max.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module

185

Chapter 8 Appendix

RME Specifications (

cont .

)

Quad Mechanical Relay Outputs

• Form A, 5A each, 24 to 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ (dc) max., resistive load, 100,000 cycles at rated load.

- Requires a min. load of 20mA at 24V

- 125 VA pilot duty at 120/240 VÅ (ac) or 25 VA at 24 VÅ (ac)

Universal Process/Retransmit Outputs

• Universal process/retransmit, Output range selectable:

- 0 to 10V Î(dc) into a min. 4,000Ω load

- 0 to 20mA into max. 400Ω load

Resolution

- dc ranges: 0.2mV nominal resolution

- mA ranges: 4 µA nominal resolution

Calibration Accuracy

- dc ranges: ±15 mV

- mA ranges: ±30 µA

Temperature Stability

- 100 ppm FSR/°C

4 Solid-State Relays

• Form A, 24VÅ (ac) min., 264VÅ (ac) max., opto-isolated, without contact suppression

- Resistive load 2A per output at 20 to 264VÅ (ac)

- 50 VA pilot duty at 120/240 VÅ (ac)

Programmable Application Blocks

Actions (events) 8 total

Alarms 8 total

Compare 8 total

- Off, greater than, less than, equal, not equal, greater than or equal, less than or equal

Counters 8 total

- Counts up or down loads, predetermined value on load signal. Output is active when count value equals predetermined target value

Logic 16 total

- Off, and, nand, or, nor, equal, not equal, Latch

Linearization 8 total

- Interpolated or stepped relationship

Math 8 total

- Off, average, process scale, deviation scale, differential (subtraction), ratio (divide), add, multiply, absolute difference, min., max., square root, sample and hold

Special Output Function 4 total

- Compressor turns on-off compressor for one or two loops (cool and dehumidify with single compressor)

- Motorized Valve turns on-off motor open/closed outputs to cause valve to represent desired power level

- Sequencer turns on-off up to four outputs to distribute a single power across all outputs with linear and progressive load wearing

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 186 Chapter 8 Appendix

RME Specifications (

cont .

)

Timers 8 total

- On Pulse produces output of fixed time on active edge of timer run signal

- Delay output is a delayed start of timer run, off at same time

- One Shot oven timer

- Retentive measures timer run signal, output on when accumulated time exceeds target

Programmable Application Blocks (cont .)

Variable 16 total

- User value for digital or analog variable

Optional Accessories

Remote User Interface (RUI)

• 1⁄16 DIN

• Dual 4 digit, 7-segment LED displays

• Keys: Advance, infinity, up, down keys, plus an EZ-KEY programmable function key

• Typical display update rate 1Hz

Available Power Supplies

• AC/DC Power supply converter 90-264VÅ (ac) to 24VÎ (dc) volts.

• P/N 0847-0299-0000: 31 W

• P/N 0847-0300-0000: 60 W

• P/N 0847-0301-0000: 91 W

EZ-ZONE RME Product Documentation

• User Manual, printed hard copy, P/N 0600-0073-0000

• Watlow Support Tools CD, P/N 0601-0001-0000

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module

187

Chapter 8 Appendix

RME Ordering Information

Expansion module requires a Class 2 or SELV power supply 20.4 to 30.8 V ı (ac / dc), communication port for configuration with EZ-ZONE Configurator software.

Code Number

1 2

EZ-ZONE

Rail Mount

3

Expansion

Module

RM

E

Connector

Style/

4

Custom

Product

-

Slot A

5

Slot B

6

Slot D

7

Slot E

8

-

Future

Options

9

A

4

Connector Style/Custom product

A = Right angle screw connector (standard)

F = Front screw connector

R = Ring lug connector

S = Custom

(If ordered, then slots B and E must be = A)

5

Slot A

A = None

C = 6 Digital I/O

J = 4 Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

F = 3 Universal Process/Retransmit outputs

L = 4 SSR's at 2 amps each

K = 2 SSRs, Form A, 10A max. each must be = A)

T = Quad current transformer inputs

(If ordered, then slots B

6

Slot B

A = None

C = 6 Digital I/O

F = 3 Universal Process/Retransmit outputs

L = 4 SSR's at 2 amps each

J = 4 Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

T = Quad current transformer inputs

7

Slot D

A = None

J = 4 Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

C = 6 Digital I/O

F = 3 Universal Process/Retransmit outputs

L = 4 SSR's at 2 amps each

K = 2 SSRs, Form A, 10A max. each must be = A)

T = Quad current transformer inputs

(If ordered, then slot E

8

Slot E

A = None

C = 6 Digital I/O

F = 3 Universal Process/Retransmit outputs

L = 4 SSR's at 2 amps each

T = Quad current transformer inputs

9

Future Options

A = Standard

10

Enhanced Options

A = Standard Bus

1 =

Standard Bus and Modbus ® RTU 485

11 12

Additional Options

Firmware, Overlays, Parameter Settings

AA = Standard

AB = Replacement connectors hardware only, for the entered model number

12 = Class 1, Div. 2 (not available with integrated limit controller or mechanical relay options)

XX = Custom

Watlow ®, EZ-ZONE ® and TRU-TUNE ® are registered trademarks of Watlow

Electric Manufacturing Company.

UL® is a registered trademark of Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc.

Modbus ® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation Incorporated.

DeviceNet™ and EtherNet/IP™ are trademarks of Open DeviceNet Vendors

Association.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 188

10

Enhanced

Options

11 12

Additional

Options

Chapter 8 Appendix

Declaration of Conformity

EZ Zone Series RM

WATLOW Electric Manufacturing Company ISO 9001

since 1996.

1241 Bundy Blvd.

Winona, MN 55987 USA

Declares that the following Series RM (Rail Mount) products:

Model Numbers:

RM followed by additional letters or numbers describing use of up to four module options of various inputs and outputs or communications.

Temperature control, Installation Category II, Pollution degree 2 Classification:

Voltage and Frequency:

Power Consumption:

Environmental Rating:

SELV 24 to 28 V  ac 50/60 Hz or dc

RMA models 4 Watts, any other RM model 7 Watts

IP20

Meet the essential requirements of the following European Union Directives by using the relevant standards show below to indicate compliance.

EN 61326-1

2004/108/EC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive

2013 Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use – EMC requirements, Industrial Immunity, Class A Emissions (Not for use in a

Class B environment without additional filtering).

Electrostatic Discharge Immunity EN 61000-4-2 2009

EN 61000-4-3 2010

EN 61000-4-4 2012

EN 61000-4-5

EN 61000-4-11

2006

EN 61000-4-6 2014

2004

EN 61000-3-2 2009

EN 61000-3-3

1

2013

Radiated Field Immunity

Electrical Fast-Transient / Burst Immunity

Surge Immunity (Reviewed to IEC 61000-4-5 2014)

Conducted Immunity

Voltage Dips, Short Interruptions and Voltage Variations Immunity

Harmonic Current Emissions (Reviewed to IEC 61000-3-2 2014)

Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker

SEMI F47

1

2000 Specification for Semiconductor Sag Immunity Figure R1-1

NOTE: To comply with flicker requirements cycle time may need to be up to 160 seconds if load current is at

15A, or the maximum source impedance needs to be < 0.13Ω. Control power input of RM models comply with

61000-3-3 requirements.

EN 61010-1 2011

2006/95/EC Low-Voltage Directive

Safety Requirements of electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use. Part 1: General requirements

Compliant with 2011/65/EU RoHS Directive

Per 2012/19/EU W.E.E.E Directive Please Recycle Properly

Joe Millanes

Name of Authorized Representative

Director of Operations

Winona, Minnesota, USA

Place of Issue

September 2014

Title of Authorized Representative

Signature of Authorized Representative

Date of Issue

CE DOC EZ-ZONE RM-09-14

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module

Page 1 of 1

189

Chapter 8 Appendix

How to Reach Us

Corporate Headquarters

Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company

12001 Lackland Road

St. Louis, MO 63146

Sales: 1-800-WATLOW2

Manufacturing Support: 1-800-4WATLOW

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.com

From outside the USA and Canada:

Tel: +1 (314) 878-4600

Fax: +1 (314) 878-6814

Europe

Watlow France

Tour d'Asnières.

4 Avenue Laurent Cély

92600 Asnières sur Seine

France

Tél: + 33 (0)1 41 32 79 70

Télécopie: + 33(0)1 47 33 36 57

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.fr

Watlow Ibérica, S.L.U.

C/Marte 12, Posterior, Local 9

E-28850 Torrejón de Ardoz

Madrid - Spain

T. +34 91 675 12 92

F. +34 91 648 73 80

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.es

Latin America

Watlow de México S.A. de C.V.

Av. Fundición No. 5

Col. Parques Industriales

Querétaro, Qro. CP-76130

Mexico

Tel: +52 442 217-6235

Fax: +52 442 217-6403

Watlow GmbH

Postfach 11 65, Lauchwasenstr. 1

D-76709 Kronau

Germany

Tel: +49 (0) 7253 9400-0

Fax: +49 (0) 7253 9400-900

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.de

Watlow Italy S.r.l.

Viale Italia 52/54

20094 Corsico MI

Italy

Tel: +39 024588841

Fax: +39 0245869954

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.it

Asia and Pacific

Watlow Singapore Pte Ltd.

16 Ayer Rajah Crescent,

#06-03/04,

Singapore 139965

Tel: +65 6773 9488 Fax: +65 6778 0323

Email: [email protected] Website: www.watlow.com.sg

Watlow UK Ltd.

Linby Industrial Estate

Linby, Nottingham, NG15 8AA

United Kingdom

Telephone: (0) 115 964 0777

Fax: (0) 115 964 0071

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.co.uk

From outside The United Kingdom:

Tel: +44 115 964 0777

Fax: +44 115 964 0071

Tel: +81-3-3518-6630 Fax: +81-3-3518-6632

Email: [email protected] Website: www.

watlow.co.jp

Watlow Korea Co., Ltd.

#1406, E&C Dream Tower, 46, Yangpyeongdong-3ga

Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-103

Republic of Korea

Tel: +82 (2) 2628-5770 Fax: +82 (2) 2628-5771

Website: www.watlow.co.kr

Watlow Australia Pty., Ltd.

4/57 Sharps Road

Tullamarine, VIC 3043

Australia

Tel: +61 3 9335 6449

Fax: +61 3 9330 3566

Website: www.watlow.com

Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.

Room 501, Building 10, KIC Plaza

290 Songhu Road, Yangpu District

Shanghai, China 200433

China

Phone

Local: 4006 Watlow (4006 928569)

International: +86 21 3381 0188

Fax: +86 21 6106 1423

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.cn

Watlow Malaysia Sdn Bhd

1F-17, IOI Business Park

No.1, Persiaran Puchong Jaya Selatan

Bandar Puchong Jaya

47100 Puchong, Selangor D.E.

Malaysia

Tel: +60 3 8076 8745 Fax: +60 3 8076 7186

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.com

瓦特龍電機股份有限公司

80143 高雄市前金區七賢二路189號 10樓之一

電話: 07-2885168 傳真: 07-2885568

Watlow Electric Taiwan Corporation

10F-1 No.189 Chi-Shen 2nd Road Kaohsiung 80143

Taiwan

ワトロー・ジャパン株式会社

〒101-0047 東京都千代田区内神田1-14-4

四国ビル別館9階

Tel: 03-3518-6630 Fax: 03-3518-6632

Email: [email protected] Website: www.watlow.co.jp

Watlow Japan Ltd.

1-14-4 Uchikanda, Chiyoda-Ku

Tokyo 101-0047

Japan

TOTAL

CUSTOMER

SATISFACTION

3 Year Warranty

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RME Module 190 Chapter 8 Appendix

Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project